for university of minnesota · division 4 - masonry . section 04813 - brick masonry assemblies ....

210
PROJECT MANUAL for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA LEARNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES GUTTER REPAIR 1954 Buford Avenue St. Paul, Minnesota University Project Number: 02-426-09-1286 for University of Minnesota Facilities Management 400 Donhowe Building 319 - 15 th Ave. S.E. Minneapolis, MN 55455-0199 Commission Number: UM1203 May 15, 2012 Prepared by:

Upload: others

Post on 23-Mar-2020

4 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

PROJECT MANUAL for

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

LEARNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES GUTTER REPAIR 1954 Buford Avenue St. Paul, Minnesota

University Project Number: 02-426-09-1286 for

University of Minnesota Facilities Management 400 Donhowe Building 319 - 15th Ave. S.E. Minneapolis, MN 55455-0199

Commission Number: UM1203

May 15, 2012

Prepared by:

Page 2: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section
Page 3: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TITLE AND CERTIFICATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 00001 - 1

SECTION 00001 - TITLE AND CERTIFICATION

PROJECT MANUAL

for

LEARNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES GUTTER REPAIR

UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA

St. Paul, Minnesota

Project Number: 02-426-09-1286 FOR: University of Minnesota Capital Planning and Project Management 400 Donhowe Building 319 15th Avenue S.E. Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455 PREPARED BY: Miller Dunwiddie Architecture 123 North Third Street, Suite 104 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 telephone: (612) 337-0000 facsimile: (612) 337-0031 MDA Project Number: UM1203 ARCHITECT’S CERTIFICATION: (Miller Dunwiddie Architecture) I hereby certify that the specifications for Architectural Work were prepared by me or under my direct supervision and that I am a duly Licensed Architect under the laws of the State of Minnesota. Date: May 15, 2012

Signature: Printed Name: David Kulich License No. 15251 END OF DOCUMENT

Page 4: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TITLE AND CERTIFICATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 00001 - 2

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 5: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TABLE OF CONTENTS U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 00005 - 1

SECTION 00005 - TABLE OF CONTENTS INTRODUCTORY INFORMATION Section 00001 - Title and Certification Section 00005 - Table of Contents Section 00010 - Project Participants DIVISION 1 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Section 01010 - Summary of Work Section 01160 - Regulatory Requirements Section 01230 - Alternates Section 01270 - Unit Prices Section 01310 - Project Management and Coordination Section 01320 - Construction Progress Documentation Section 01330 - Submittal Procedures Section 01400 - Quality Requirements Section 01420 - References Section 01500 - Temporary Facilities and Controls Section 01524 - Demolition/Construction Waste Management Section 01600 - Product Requirements Section 01700 - Execution Requirements Section 01731 - Cutting and Patching Section 01770 - Closeout Procedures DIVISION 2 - SITEWORK Section 02070 - Selective Demolition Section 02950 - Site Restoration DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE - NOT USED DIVISION 4 - MASONRY Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning DIVISION 5 - METALS Section 05310 - Steel Deck Section 05500 - Metal Fabrications DIVISION 6 - WOOD AND PLASTICS Section 06105 - Miscellaneous Carpentry Section 06160 - Sheathing DIVISION 7 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION Section 07141 - Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing Section 07210 - Thermal Insulation Section 07511 - Built-Up Asphalt Roofing Section 07531 - Ethylene-Propylene-Diene-Monomer (EPDM) Roofing Section 07541 - Ethylene Interpolymer (KEE) Roofing

Page 6: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TABLE OF CONTENTS U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 00005 - 2

Section 07591 - Preparation for Re-Roofing Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim Section 07920 - Joint Sealants DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS Section 08635 - Insulated Translucent Skylight System DIVISION 9 - FINISHES Section 09911 - Exterior Painting DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES - NOT USED DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT - NOT USED DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGS - NOT USED DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION - NOT USED DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING SYSTEMS - NOT USED DIVISION 15 - MECHANICAL - NOT USED DIVISION 16 - ELECTRICAL - NOT USED APPENDIX K Appendix K - Section 13305 - Removal of Lead Paint from Steel Structures

END OF SECTION 00005

Page 7: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PROJECT PARTICIPANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 00010 - 1

SECTION 00010 - PROJECT PARTICIPANTS LEARNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES GUTTER REPAIR UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA ST. PAUL, MINNESOTA U/M PROJECT NO.: 02-426-09-1286 OWNER: University of Minnesota Capital Planning and Project Management 400 Donhowe Building

319 - 15th Avenue Southeast

Minneapolis, Minnesota 55455 Project Manager: Paul Oelze telephone: (612) 625-0588 email: [email protected] Purchasing Agent: Chip Foster telephone: (612) 626-6080 facsimile: (612) 624-5796 email: [email protected] ARCHITECT: Miller Dunwiddie Architecture 123 North Third Street, Suite 104 Minneapolis, Minnesota 55401 Contact: Richard Froberg telephone: (612) 337-0000 facsimile: (612) 337-0031 email: [email protected] END OF SECTION 00010

Page 8: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PROJECT PARTICIPANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 00010 - 2

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 9: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUMMARY OF WORK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01010 - 1

SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A. General: Project name is LEARNING AND ENVIRONMENTAL SCIENCES GUTTER REPAIR, as shown on Contract Documents prepared by Miller Dunwiddie Architecture.

B. Contract Documents: Indicate the work of the Contract and related requirements and conditions that have an impact on the project. Related requirements and conditions that are indicated on the Contract Documents include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: 1. Existing site conditions and restrictions on use of the site. 2. Work performed prior to the work under this Contract. 3. Coordination with existing work and existing construction. 4. Work to be performed concurrently under separate contracts. 5. Work to be performed subsequent to work under this Contract. 6. Material supplied by the Owner to be installed under this contract. 7. Requirements for Owner occupancy during the Work.

C. Summary by References: Work of the Contract can be summarized by references to the Contract, General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions, Specification Sections, Drawings, Addenda and Modifications to the contract documents issued subsequent to the initial printing of this project manual and including, but not necessarily limited to, printed material referenced by any of these. It is recognized that work of the Contract is also unavoidably affected or influenced by governing regulations, natural phenomenon including weather conditions and other forces outside the contract documents.

D. Abbreviated Written Summary: Briefly and without force and effect upon the contract documents, the work of the Contract can be summarized as follows: 1. The intent of the project is to complete the Learning and Environmental Sciences

Gutter Repair, for the Owner on a fast-track basis. It is essential that the project be completed within the shortest timeframe possible and within the period indicated.

2. The intent of the project is to require the Prime Contractor to provide all labor and material required to complete the project on the dates indicated.

3. The work generally includes the following: a. Building general construction work, for building and site clearing, as well as the

repair, patching or replacing of items or surfaces cut or removed for the work including the following major items of work: Selective Demolition, Site Restoration, Brick Masonry Assemblies, Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning, Steel Deck, Metal Fabrications, Miscellaneous Carpentry, Sheathing, Cold Fluid-Applied Waterproofing, Thermal Insulation, Built-Up Asphalt Roofing, EPDM Roofing, KEE Roofing, Preparation for Re-Roofing, Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim, Joint Sealants, Insulated Translucent Skylight System, Exterior Painting, and related work.

b. Removal and disposal of existing materials removed or demolished. c. Temporary facilities as required for the project, protection of existing site and

adjacent buildings, and temporary staging areas as required.

Page 10: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUMMARY OF WORK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01010 - 2

1.3 ANTICIPATED PROJECT SCHEDULE

A. Issue Advertisement for Bids: xxxx xx, 2012

B. Pre-Bid Meeting (Mandatory): 10:00 AM, xxxx, xxxx xx, 2012

C. Last Date for Contractor to Email Questions: xxxx xx, 2012

D. Last Date for Addenda / Responses: xxxx xx, 2012

E. Receive Bids: xxxx xx, 2012

F. Tentative Award / Notice to Proceed: xxxx xx, 2012

G. Tentative Pre-Construction Meeting (On-Site): xxxx xx, 2012

H. Begin Construction: No earlier than xxxx xx, 2012

I. Project Substantial Completion: No later than xxxx xx, 2012

J. Project Final Completion: June 29, 2012

1.4 CONTRACTOR USE OF PREMISES

A. General: The Contractor shall limit his use of the premises to the work indicated, so as to allow for Owner occupancy and use by the public of adjacent areas. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in project construction. 1. Keep existing driveways and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the

Owner and his employees at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

2. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials and location of storage/and shop to the indicated staging area. If additional storage is necessary obtain and pay for such storage off site.

3. Contractor must abide by all posted "No Parking" signs. There is no parking adjacent to buildings or within the staging areas. Parking is available in the pay lots or ramps.

4. Lock all vehicles such as passenger cars and trucks, and other mechanized or motorized construction equipment, when parked and unattended, so as to prevent unauthorized use. Do not leave such vehicles or equipment unattended with the motor running or the ignition key in place.

B. Contractor's Use of the Existing Site: Maintain the existing site in a safe condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the site during the construction period. 1. Make arrangements with the University’s Representative for construction traffic routing

around the site, scheduling deliveries to the site, stationing trucks for debris removal, and for other items which require coordination to accommodate the University’s concurrent use of the site and areas adjacent thereto.

2. Keep all areas of site including free from accumulation of waste material, rubbish or construction debris.

3. Smoking or open fires will not be permitted on the site.

Page 11: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUMMARY OF WORK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01010 - 3

1.5 OWNER OCCUPANCY

A. Owner Occupancy: The Owner will occupy the adjacent buildings and sites during the entire period of construction. Cooperate fully with the Owner or his representative during construction operations to minimize conflicts and to facilitate Owner usage. Perform the work so as not to interfere with the Owner's operation.

B. No radios are to be played on site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01010

Page 12: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUMMARY OF WORK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01010 - 4

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 13: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01160 - 1

SECTION 01160 - REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 APPLICABLE REGULATIONS

A. University projects shall be designed and constructed in conformance with State and Federal codes and standards. They include, but are not necessarily limited, to the following: 1. Minnesota Licensing Law. 2. Americans with Disabilities Act Accessibility Guidelines. 3. Minnesota State Building Code. 4. Uniform Fire Code. 5. OSHA Regulations. 6. Rules and Regulations of the U.S. Department of Labor. 7. Insulated Cable Engineers Association (ICEA). 8. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA 101). 9. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers (IEEE).

1.3 CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS

A. The University of Minnesota, by Minnesota statute, enforces the Minnesota State Building Code and other applicable codes and regulations in University owned facilities. The University carries out this responsibility through a University Building Official appointed by the Regents of the University of Minnesota. Applications for permits will be made and paid by the Owner’s Representative.

B. Contractor shall request for inspections from the University Building Code Division, 270 Donhowe Building, 319 - 15

th Ave. SE, Minneapolis, MN 55455, (612) 625-3318, 48 hours prior

to when the inspection is needed.

C. A building permit is required for all new construction, alterations, demolition, remodeling, additions, electrical work, wiring, mechanical, plumbing work, and temporary work that is conducted on University of Minnesota property.

D. All new construction, alterations, demolition, remodeling additions, electrical work, wiring, mechanical or plumbing work accomplished on University of Minnesota property (including temporary work) shall be inspected by the University Building, Electrical, Mechanical, Plumbing, or Fire Inspectors.

E. Contractor shall retain, on the jobsite, a signed copy of the building permit and post a copy of the inspection sign off card, requests for mechanical/electrical inspections, and the University Building Code signed and stamped approved plans and specifications. Contractor shall give 48 hours advanced notice before inspections will occur. Any work which is covered without inspection will be required to be uncovered in order to be inspected.

F. All code inspections from the University Building Code Division will be provided without cost to the Contractor as part of the project building permit process.

Page 14: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01160 - 2

G. The Contractor shall pay for and obtain any permits other than those issued by the University Building Official.

H. As provided for in state law, the Contractor may be required to uncover work that was covered prior to being inspected.

1.4 OTHER REQUIREMENTS

A. Projects that involve high pressure steam, require permits and inspections by the State of Minnesota. Contractor shall obtain and pay for these permits and inspections.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GENERAL

A. All products, materials and systems shall comply with applicable codes and regulations.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 GENERAL

A. Construction and installation shall be in conformance with codes and regulations.

END OF SECTION 01160

Page 15: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ALTERNATES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01230 - 1

SECTION 01230 - ALTERNATES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for alternates.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Alternate: An amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work defined in the Bidding Requirements that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if University decides to accept a corresponding change either in the amount of construction to be completed or in the products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract Documents. 1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract

Sum to incorporate alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the Contract Sum.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent work as necessary to completely integrate work of the alternate into Project. The cost listed for each alternate on the Bid Form shall include costs of related coordination, modification, or adjustment. 1. Include as part of each alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar

items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not indicated as part of alternate.

B. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate if alternates have been accepted, rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated modifications to alternates.

C. Execute accepted alternates under the same conditions as other work of the Contract.

D. Alternates may be accepted out of sequence, in any order, at the sole discretion of the University.

E. Schedule: A Schedule of Alternates is included at the end of this Section. Specification Sections referenced in schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve the work described under each alternate.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

Page 16: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ALTERNATES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01230 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. ADD ALTERNATE NO. 1 - (KEMPER LIQUID APPLIED WATERPROOFING AT GUTTER): Provide a cost to ADD the work associated with providing Kemper liquid applied waterproofing at gutter in lieu of Fibertite Membrane waterproofing at gutter as indicated on Drawing Sheet R502.

B. ADD ALTERNATE NO. 2 - (REPLACE SKYLIGHT WITH NEW SKYLIGHT): Provide a cost to ADD the work associated with replacing skylight with new skylight as indicated on Drawings.

END OF SECTION 01230

Page 17: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture UNIT PRICES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01270 - 1

SECTION 01270 - UNIT PRICES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for unit prices.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Unit price is a price per unit of measurement for materials, equipment, or services, or a portion of the Work, added to or deducted from the Contract Sum by appropriate modification, if the scope of Work or estimated quantities of Work required by the Contract Documents are increased or decreased.

1.4 PROCEDURES

A. Unit prices include all necessary material, plus cost for delivery, installation, insurance, overhead, and profit.

B. Owner reserves the right to reject Contractor's measurement of work-in-place that involves use of established unit prices and to have this work measured, at Owner's expense, by an independent surveyor acceptable to Contractor.

C. List of Unit Prices: A schedule of unit prices is included in Part 3. Specification Sections referenced in the schedule contain requirements for materials described under each unit price.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

Page 18: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture UNIT PRICES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01270 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICES

A. UNIT PRICE NO. 1: For additional or less than 30 lin. ft. of gutter repair. 1. Unit of Measurement: Per lin. ft.

B. UNIT PRICE NO. 2: For additional or less than repair of 12 backsides of decorative faces. 1. Unit of Measurement: Per face.

END OF SECTION 01270

Page 19: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01310 - 1

SECTION 01310 - PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative provisions for coordinating construction operations on Project including, but not limited to, the following: 1. General project coordination procedures. 2. Conservation. 3. Coordination Drawings. 4. Project meetings.

B. Related Sections: The following Sections contain requirements that relate to this Section: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for preparing and submitting

the Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for procedures for coordinating general

installation and field-engineering services, including establishment of benchmarks and control points.

3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for coordinating Contract closeout.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordination: Coordinate construction operations included in various Sections of the Specifications to ensure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work. Coordinate construction operations, included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and operation. 1. Schedule construction operations in sequence required to obtain the best results where

installation of one part of the Work depends on installation of other components, before or after its own installation.

2. Coordinate installation of different components with other contractors to ensure maximum accessibility for required maintenance, service, and repair.

3. Make adequate provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.

B. If necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.

C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with other construction activities and activities of other contractors to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Preparation of Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Preparation of the Schedule of Values.

a. Divided by Labor and Material. b. Include a line item in each discipline’s General Conditions for Closeout

Documents. 3. Installation and removal of temporary facilities and controls. 4. Delivery and processing of submittals.

Page 20: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01310 - 2

5. Progress meetings. 6. Preinstallation conferences. 7. Project closeout activities.

D. Conservation: Coordinate construction activities to ensure that operations are carried out with consideration given to conservation of energy, water, and materials. 1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not actually

incorporated into, the Work.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Prepare Coordination Drawings if limited space availability necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different components or if coordination is required for installation of products and materials fabricated by separate entities. 1. Indicate relationship of components shown on separate Shop Drawings. 2. Indicate required installation sequences. 3. Refer to Division 15 Section "Basic Mechanical Materials and Methods" and Division 16

Section "Basic Electrical Materials and Methods" for specific Coordination Drawing requirements for mechanical and electrical installations.

B. Staff Names: Within 15 days of starting construction operations, submit a list of principal staff assignments, including superintendent and other personnel in attendance at Project site. Identify individuals and their duties and responsibilities; list addresses and telephone numbers, including home and office telephone numbers. Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as standbys in the absence of individuals assigned to Project. 1. Post copies of list in Project meeting room, in temporary field office, and by each

temporary telephone.

1.5 PROJECT MEETINGS

A. General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site, unless otherwise indicated. 1. Attendees: Inform participants and others involved, and individuals whose presence is

required, of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner’s Representative and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and times.

2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees. 3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the

meeting minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner’s Representative and Architect, within 3 days of the meeting.

B. Preconstruction Conference: The Architect will schedule a Preconstruction Conference before work at the site begins, within 15 days of Notice to Proceed. 1. Attendees: Owner’s Representative, Architect, and their consultants; special inspector,

testing agency, Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; manufacturers; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the conference. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect progress, including the following: a. Tentative construction schedule. b. Critical work sequencing. c. Designation of responsible personnel. d. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders. e. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment. f. Distribution of the Contract Documents. g. Submittal procedures.

Page 21: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01310 - 3

h. Preparation of Record Documents. i. Use of the premises. j. Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls. k. Parking availability. l. Office, work, and storage areas. m. Equipment deliveries and priorities. n. Security. o. Progress cleaning. p. Working hours.

3. The Architect will record minutes of this meeting and distribute them to all affected parties.

C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a preinstallation conference at Project site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction. 1. Attendees: Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in or

affected by the installation and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow, shall attend the meeting. Advise Architect and Owner’s Representative of scheduled meeting dates.

2. Agenda: Review progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for the following: a. Contract Documents. b. Options. c. Related Change Orders. d. Purchases. e. Deliveries. f. Submittals. g. Review of mockups. h. Possible conflicts. i. Compatibility problems. j. Time schedules. k. Weather limitations. l. Manufacturer's written recommendations. m. Warranty requirements. n. Compatibility of materials. o. Acceptability of substrates. p. Temporary facilities and controls. q. Space and access limitations. r. Regulations of authorities having jurisdiction. s. Testing and inspecting requirements. t. Required performance results. u. Protection of construction and personnel.

3. Record significant conference discussions, agreements, and disagreements. 4. Do not proceed with installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.

Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of the Work and reconvene the conference at earliest feasible date.

D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at regular intervals. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests. 1. Attendees: In addition to representatives of University and Architect, each contractor,

subcontractor, supplier, and other entity concerned with current progress or involved in planning, coordination, or performance of future activities shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.

Page 22: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01310 - 4

2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other items of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion as appropriate to status of Project. a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting.

Determine whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed within the Contract Time.

b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: 1) Interface requirements. 2) Sequence of operations. 3) Status of submittals. 4) Deliveries. 5) Off-site fabrication. 6) Access. 7) Site utilization. 8) Temporary facilities and controls. 9) Work hours. 10) Hazards and risks. 11) Progress cleaning. 12) Quality and work standards. 13) Change Orders, Change Log. 14) Documentation of information for payment requests. 15) Contract Closeout submittals. 16) Status of Project Record Documents.

3. Reporting: Distribute minutes of the meeting to each party present and to parties who should have been present. Include a brief summary, in narrative form, of progress since the previous meeting and report. a. Schedule Updating: Revise Contractor's Construction Schedule after each

progress meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized. Issue revised schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting.

4. The Architect will notify the University Building Code Division and the Department of Environmental Health and Safety of the date, time, and location of the Progress Meetings. The Architect will copy the University Building Inspector on all meeting minutes.

E. Pre Final Inspection Meeting: There shall be a meeting a minimum of 30 days before Final Inspection with Architect/Engineer, representative of the Department of Environmental Health and Safety, representative of the University Building Code Division, User Representative, Owner’s Representative, and any others the Owner’s Representative deems necessary.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01310

Page 23: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

U/M Project No. 02-486-09-1286 Section 01320 - 1

SECTION 01320 - CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for documenting the progress of construction during performance of the Work, including the following: 1. Contractor's Construction Schedule. 2. Submittals Schedule. 3. Daily construction reports. 4. Special reports.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for submitting and distributing

meeting and conference minutes. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting schedules and reports. 3. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting a schedule of tests and

inspections.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Submittals Schedule: Submit three copies of schedule. Arrange the following information in a tabular format: 1. Scheduled date for first submittal. 2. Specification Section number and title. 3. Submittal category (action or informational). 4. Name of subcontractor. 5. Description of the Work covered. 6. Scheduled date for Architect's final release or approval.

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Submit two printed copies of initial schedule, one a reproducible print and one a blue- or black-line print, large enough to show entire schedule for entire construction period.

C. Daily Construction Reports: Submit weekly per Best Value procedures.

D. Special Reports: Submit two copies at time of unusual event.

1.4 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate preparation and processing of schedules and reports with performance of construction activities.

B. Coordinate Contractor's Construction Schedule with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittals Schedule, progress reports, payment requests, and other required schedules and reports.

Page 24: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

U/M Project No. 02-486-09-1286 Section 01320 - 2

1. Secure time commitments for performing critical elements of the Work from parties involved.

2. Coordinate each construction activity in the network with other activities and schedule them in proper sequence.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 SUBMITTALS SCHEDULE

A. Preparation: Submit a schedule of submittals, arranged in chronological order by dates required by construction schedule. Include time required for review, resubmittal, ordering, manufacturing, fabrication, and delivery when establishing dates. 1. Coordinate Submittals Schedule with list of subcontracts, the Schedule of Values, and

Contractor's Construction Schedule.

2.2 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE, GENERAL

A. Time Frame: Extend schedule from date established for the Notice to Proceed to date of Final Completion. 1. Contract completion date shall not be changed by submission of a schedule that shows

an early completion date, unless specifically authorized by Change Order.

B. Basic Components: The following basic components are to be included in the Contractor’s Construction Schedule as a minimum: 1. Time duration required completing each construction activity. 2. Relationships of the construction activities to one another. 3. Identification of critical activities. 4. Identification of long lead-time items. 5. Disruption of utility services.

C. Activities: Treat each story or separate area as a separate numbered activity for each principal element of the Work. Comply with the following: 1. Activity Duration: Define activities so no activity is longer than 20 days, unless

specifically allowed by Architect. 2. Procurement Activities: Include procurement process activities for long lead items and

major items, requiring a cycle of more than 60 days, as separate activities in schedule. Procurement cycle activities include, but are not limited to, submittals, approvals, purchasing, fabrication, and delivery.

3. Submittal Review Time: Include review and resubmittal times indicated in Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" in schedule. Coordinate submittal review times in Contractor's Construction Schedule with Submittals Schedule.

4. Substantial Completion: Indicate completion in advance of date established for Substantial Completion, and allow time for Architect's and Owner’s Representative’s administrative procedures necessary for certification of Substantial Completion.

D. Constraints: Include constraints and work restrictions indicated in the Contract Documents and as follows in schedule, and show how the sequence of the Work is affected. 1. Phasing: Arrange list of activities on schedule by phase. 2. Work under More Than One Contract: Include a separate activity for each contract. 3. Work by Owner: Include a separate activity for each portion of the Work performed by

Owner. 4. Work Restrictions: Show the effect of the following items on the schedule:

a. Coordination with existing construction. b. Limitations of continued occupancies. c. Uninterruptible services.

Page 25: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

U/M Project No. 02-486-09-1286 Section 01320 - 3

d. Partial occupancy before Substantial Completion. e. Use of premises restrictions. f. Provisions for future construction. g. Seasonal variations. h. Environmental control.

E. Cost Correlation: At the head of schedule, provide a cost correlation line, indicating planned and actual costs. On the line, show dollar volume of the Work performed as of dates used for preparation of payment requests.

F. Contract Modifications: For each proposed contract modification and concurrent with its submission, prepare a time-impact analysis using fragnets to demonstrate the effect of the proposed change on the overall project schedule.

G. Computer Software: Prepare schedules using a program that has been developed specifically to manage construction schedules.

2.3 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE (GANTT CHART)

A. Gantt-Chart Schedule: Submit a comprehensive, fully developed, horizontal Gantt-chart-type, Contractor's Construction Schedule within 10 days of date established for the Notice to Proceed. Base schedule on the Preliminary Construction Schedule and whatever updating and feedback was received since the start of Project.

B. Preparation: Indicate each significant construction activity separately. Identify first workday of each week with a continuous vertical line. 1. For construction activities that require 3 months or longer to complete, indicate an

estimated completion percentage in 10 percent increments within time bar.

2.4 REPORTS

A. Daily Construction Reports: Prepare a daily construction report recording the following information concerning events at Project site: 1. List of subcontractors at Project site. 2. Approximate count of personnel at Project site. 3. High and low temperatures and general weather conditions. 4. Accidents. 5. Meetings and significant decisions. 6. Unusual events (refer to special reports). 7. Stoppages, delays, shortages, and losses. 8. Meter readings and similar recordings. 9. Emergency procedures. 10. Orders and requests of authorities having jurisdiction. 11. Change Orders received and implemented. 12. Services connected and disconnected. 13. Equipment or system tests and startups. 14. Partial Completions and occupancies. 15. Substantial Completions authorized.

2.5 SPECIAL REPORTS

A. General: Submit special reports directly to Architect and Owner’s Representative within one day of an occurrence. Distribute copies of report to parties affected by the occurrence.

Page 26: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

U/M Project No. 02-486-09-1286 Section 01320 - 4

B. Reporting Unusual Events: When an event of an unusual and significant nature occurs at Project site, whether or not related directly to the Work, prepare and submit a special report. List chain of events, persons participating, response by Contractor's personnel, evaluation of results or effects, and similar pertinent information. Advise Architect and Owner’s Representative in advance when these events are known or predictable.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE

A. Contractor's Construction Schedule Updating: At monthly intervals, update schedule to reflect actual construction progress and activities. Issue schedule one week before each regularly scheduled progress meeting. 1. Revise schedule immediately after each meeting or other activity where revisions have

been recognized or made. Issue updated schedule concurrently with the report of each such meeting.

2. Include a report with updated schedule that indicates every change, including, but not limited to, changes in logic, durations, actual starts and finishes, and activity durations.

3. As the Work progresses, indicate Actual Completion percentage for each activity.

B. Distribution: Distribute copies of approved schedule to Architect, Owner’s Representative, separate contractors, testing and inspecting agencies, and other parties identified by Contractor with a need-to-know schedule responsibility. 1. Post copies in Project meeting rooms and temporary field offices. 2. When revisions are made, distribute updated schedules to the same parties and post in

the same locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their assigned portion of the Work and are no longer involved in performance of construction activities.

END OF SECTION 01320

Page 27: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 1

SECTION 01330 - SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for submitting Shop Drawings, Product Data, Samples, and other miscellaneous submittals.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for submitting schedules and

reports, including Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals Schedule. 2. Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for submitting test and inspection reports and

Delegated-Design Submittals. 3. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties, Project Record

Documents, and operation and maintenance manuals.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Action Submittals: Written and graphic information that requires Architect's and Owner’s Representative’s responsive action.

B. Informational Submittals: Written information that does not require Architect's and Owner’s Representative’s approval. Submittals may be rejected for not complying with requirements.

1.4 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

A. Coordination: Coordinate preparation and processing of submittals with performance of construction activities. 1. Coordinate each submittal with fabrication, purchasing, testing, delivery, other submittals,

and related activities that require sequential activity. 2. Coordinate transmittal of different types of submittals for related parts of the Work so

processing will not be delayed because of need to review submittals concurrently for coordination. a. Architect/Engineer reserves the right to withhold action on a submittal requiring

coordination with other submittals until related submittals are received.

B. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation" for list of submittals and time requirements for scheduled performance of related construction activities.

C. Processing Time: Allow enough time for submittal review, including time for resubmittals. 1. No extension of the Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit

submittals enough in advance of the Work to permit processing.

D. Identification: Place a permanent label or title block on each submittal for identification. 1. Indicate name of firm or entity that prepared each submittal on label or title block.

Page 28: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 2

2. Provide a space approximately 4 by 5 inches on label or beside title block to record Contractor's review and approval markings and action taken by Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative.

3. Include the following information on label for processing and recording action taken: a. University Project name and number. b. Date. c. Name and address of Architect. d. Name and address of Contractor. e. Name and address of subcontractor. f. Name and address of supplier. g. Name of manufacturer. h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section. i. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate. j. Other necessary identification.

E. Deviations: Highlight, encircle, or otherwise identify deviations from the Contract Documents on submittals.

F. Transmittal: Package each submittal individually and appropriately for transmittal and handling. Transmit each submittal using a transmittal form. Architect/Engineer will return submittals, without review, received from sources other than Contractor. 1. On an attached separate sheet, prepared on Contractor's letterhead, record relevant

information, requests for data, revisions other than those requested by Architect/Engineer on previous submittals, and deviations from requirements of the Contract Documents, including minor variations and limitations. Include the same label information as the related submittal.

2. Include Contractor's certification stating that information submitted complies with requirements of the Contract Documents.

3. Transmittal Form: Provide locations on form for the following information: a. Project name. b. Date. c. Destination (To:). d. Source (From:). e. Names of subcontractor, manufacturer, and supplier. f. Category and type of submittal. g. Submittal purpose and description. h. Submittal and transmittal distribution record. i. Remarks. j. Signature of transmitter.

G. Distribution: Furnish copies of final submittals to manufacturers, subcontractors, suppliers, fabricators, installers, authorities having jurisdiction, and others as necessary for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms.

H. Use for Construction: Use only final submittals with mark indicating action taken by Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative in connection with construction.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Action Submittals required by individual Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit three copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.

Architect/Engineer will return two copies. Mark up and retain one returned copy as a Project Record Document.

Page 29: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 3

B. Product Data: Collect information into a single submittal for each element of construction and type of product or equipment. 1. If information must be specially prepared for submittal because standard printed data are

not suitable for use, submit as Shop Drawings, not as Product Data. 2. Mark each copy of each submittal to show which products and options are applicable. 3. Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Manufacturer's written recommendations. b. Manufacturer's product specifications. c. Manufacturer's installation instructions. d. Standard color charts. e. Manufacturer's catalog cuts. f. Wiring diagrams showing factory-installed wiring. g. Printed performance curves. h. Operational range diagrams. i. Mill reports. j. Standard product operating and maintenance manuals. k. Compliance with recognized trade association standards. l. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards. m. Application of testing agency labels and seals. n. Notation of coordination requirements.

C. Shop Drawings: Prepare Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale. Do not base Shop Drawings on reproductions of the Contract Documents or standard printed data. 1. Preparation: Include the following information, as applicable:

a. Dimensions. b. Identification of products. c. Fabrication and installation drawings. d. Roughing-in and setting diagrams. e. Wiring diagrams showing field-installed wiring, including power, signal, and control

wiring. f. Shopwork manufacturing instructions. g. Templates and patterns. h. Schedules. i. Design calculations. j. Compliance with specified standards. k. Notation of coordination requirements. l. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.

2. Wiring Diagrams: Differentiate between manufacturer-installed and field-installed wiring. 3. Sheet Size: Except for templates, patterns, and similar full-size drawings, submit Shop

Drawings on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches but no larger than 30 by 40 inches. 4. Number of Copies: Submit one correctable, translucent, reproducible print and two blue-

or black-line print of each submittal. Architect/Engineer will return the reproducible print.

D. Samples: Prepare physical units of materials or products, including the following: 1. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements" for mockups. 2. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit manufacturer's color charts consisting of units or

sections of units showing the full range of colors, textures, and patterns available. 3. Samples for Verification: Submit full-size units or Samples of size indicated, prepared

from the same material to be used for the Work, cured and finished in manner specified, and physically identical with the product proposed for use, and that show full range of color and texture variations expected. Samples include, but are not limited to, the following: partial sections of manufactured or fabricated components; small cuts or containers of materials; complete units of repetitively used materials; swatches showing color, texture, and pattern; color range sets; and components used for independent testing and inspection.

Page 30: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 4

4. Preparation: Mount, display, or package Samples in manner specified to facilitate review of qualities indicated. Prepare Samples to match Architect's sample where so indicated. Attach label on unexposed side that includes the following: a. Generic description of Sample. b. Product name or name of manufacturer. c. Sample source.

5. Submit Samples for review of kind, color, pattern, and texture for a final check of these characteristics with other elements and for a comparison of these characteristics between final submittal and actual component as delivered and installed. a. If variation in color, pattern, texture, or other characteristic is inherent in the

product represented by a Sample, submit at least three sets of paired units that show approximate limits of the variations.

6. Number of Samples for Initial Selection: Submit one full set of available choices where color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics are required to be selected from manufacturer's product line. Architect will return submittal with options selected.

7. Number of Samples for Verification: Submit three sets of Samples. Architect will retain two Sample sets; remainder will be returned. a. Submit a single Sample where assembly details, workmanship, fabrication

techniques, connections, operation, and other similar characteristics are to be demonstrated.

8. Disposition: Maintain sets of approved Samples at Project site, available for quality-control comparisons throughout the course of construction activity. Sample sets may be used to determine final acceptance of construction associated with each set. a. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or otherwise designated as University’s

property, are the property of Contractor.

E. Product Schedule or List: Prepare a written summary indicating types of products required for the Work and their intended location. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Type of product. Include unique identifier for each product. 2. Number and name of room or space. 3. Location within room or space.

F. Submittals Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

G. Subcontract List: Prepare a written summary identifying individuals or firms proposed for each portion of the Work, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fabricated to a special design. Include the following information in tabular form: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of entity performing subcontract or supplying

products. 2. Number and title of related Specification Section(s) covered by subcontract. 3. Drawing number and detail references, as appropriate, covered by subcontract.

2.2 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. General: Prepare and submit Informational Submittals required by other Specification Sections. 1. Number of Copies: Submit two copies of each submittal, unless otherwise indicated.

Architect/Engineer will not return copies. 2. Certificates and Certifications: Provide a notarized statement that includes signature of

entity responsible for preparing certification. Certificates and certifications shall be signed by an officer or other individual authorized to sign documents on behalf of that entity.

3. Test and Inspection Reports: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Quality Requirements."

Page 31: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 5

B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Construction Progress Documentation."

C. Qualification Data: Prepare written information that demonstrates capabilities and experience of firm or person. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

D. Product Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that product complies with requirements.

E. Welding Certificates: Prepare written certification that welding procedures and personnel comply with requirements. Submit record of Welding Procedure Specification (WPS) and Procedure Qualification Record (PQR) on AWS forms. Include names of firms and personnel certified.

F. Installer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that Installer complies with requirements and, where required, is authorized for this specific Project.

G. Manufacturer Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that manufacturer complies with requirements. Include evidence of manufacturing experience where required.

H. Material Certificates: Prepare written statements on manufacturer's letterhead certifying that material complies with requirements.

I. Material Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting test results of material for compliance with requirements.

J. Preconstruction Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of tests performed before installation of product, for compliance with performance requirements.

K. Compatibility Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of compatibility tests performed before installation of product. Include written recommendations for primers and substrate preparation needed for adhesion.

L. Field Test Reports: Prepare reports written by a qualified testing agency, on testing agency's standard form, indicating and interpreting results of field tests performed either during installation of product or after product is installed in its final location, for compliance with requirements.

M. Product Test Reports: Prepare written reports indicating current product produced by manufacturer complies with requirements. Base reports on evaluation of tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency, or on comprehensive tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

N. Research/Evaluation Reports: Prepare written evidence, from a model code organization acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, that product complies with building code in effect for Project. Include the following information: 1. Name of evaluation organization. 2. Date of evaluation. 3. Time period when report is in effect. 4. Product and manufacturers' names.

Page 32: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 6

5. Description of product. 6. Test procedures and results. 7. Limitations of use.

O. Maintenance Data: Prepare written and graphic instructions and procedures for operation and normal maintenance of products and equipment. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

P. Design Data: Prepare written and graphic information, including, but not limited to, performance and design criteria, list of applicable codes and regulations, and calculations. Include list of assumptions and other performance and design criteria and a summary of loads. Include load diagrams if applicable. Provide name and version of software, if any, used for calculations. Include page numbers.

Q. Manufacturer's Instructions: Prepare written or published information that documents manufacturer's recommendations, guidelines, and procedures for installing or operating a product or equipment. Include name of product and name, address, and telephone number of manufacturer. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Preparation of substrates. 2. Required substrate tolerances. 3. Sequence of installation or erection. 4. Required installation tolerances. 5. Required adjustments. 6. Recommendations for cleaning and protection.

R. Manufacturer's Field Reports: Prepare written information documenting factory-authorized service representative's tests and inspections. Include the following, as applicable: 1. Name, address, and telephone number of factory-authorized service representative

making report. 2. Statement on condition of substrates and their acceptability for installation of product. 3. Statement that products at Project site comply with requirements. 4. Summary of installation procedures being followed, whether they comply with

requirements and, if not, what corrective action was taken. 5. Results of operational and other tests and a statement of whether observed performance

complies with requirements. 6. Statement whether conditions, products, and installation will affect warranty. 7. Other required items indicated in individual Specification Sections.

S. Insurance Certificates and Bonds: Prepare written information indicating current status of insurance or bonding coverage. Include name of entity covered by insurance or bond, limits of coverage, amounts of deductibles, if any, and term of the coverage.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 CONTRACTOR'S REVIEW

A. Review each submittal and check for compliance with the Contract Documents. Note corrections and field dimensions. Mark with approval stamp before submitting to Architect/Engineer.

B. Approval Stamp: Stamp each submittal with a uniform, approval stamp. Include Project name and location, submittal number, Specification Section title and number, name of reviewer, date of Contractor's approval, and statement certifying that submittal has been reviewed, checked, and approved for compliance with the Contract Documents.

Page 33: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 7

3.2 ARCHITECT'S/ENGINEER’S ACTION

A. General: Architect/Engineer will not review submittals that do not bear Contractor's approval stamp and will return them without action.

B. Action Submittals: Architect/Engineer will review each submittal, make marks to indicate corrections or modifications required, and return it. Architect/Engineer will stamp each submittal with an action stamp and will mark stamp appropriately to indicate action taken.

C. Informational Submittals: Architect/Engineer will review each submittal and will not return it, or will reject and return it if it does not comply with requirements. Architect/Engineer will forward each submittal to appropriate party.

D. Submittals not required by the Contract Documents will not be reviewed and may be discarded.

END OF SECTION 01330

Page 34: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01330 - 8

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 35: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01400 - 1

SECTION 01400 - QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.

B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated. These services do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document requirements. 1. Specific quality-control requirements for individual construction activities are specified in

the Sections that specify those activities. Requirements in those Sections may also cover production of standard products.

2. Specified tests, inspections, and related actions do not limit Contractor's quality-control procedures that facilitate compliance with the Contract Document requirements.

3. Requirements for Contractor to provide quality-control services required by Architect/Engineer, Owner’s Representative, or authorities having jurisdiction are not limited by provisions of this Section.

C. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for repair and restoration of construction

disturbed by testing and inspecting activities. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific test and inspection requirements.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Quality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and ensure that proposed construction complies with requirements.

B. Quality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of the Work to evaluate that completed construction complies with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect/Engineer.

C. Mockups: Full-size, physical example assemblies to illustrate finishes and materials. Mockups are used to verify selections made under Sample submittals, to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities of materials and execution, and to review construction, coordination, testing, or operation; they are not Samples. Mockups establish the standard by which the Work will be judged.

D. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall mean the same as testing agency.

Page 36: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01400 - 2

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.

B. Schedule of Tests and Inspections: Prepare in tabular form and include the following: 1. Specification Section number and title. 2. Description of test and inspection. 3. Identification of applicable standards. 4. Identification of test and inspection methods. 5. Number of tests and inspections required. 6. Time schedule or time span for tests and inspections. 7. Entity responsible for performing tests and inspections. 8. Requirements for obtaining samples. 9. Unique characteristics of each quality-control service.

C. Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports that include the following: 1. Date of issue. 2. Project title and number. 3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency. 4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections. 5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections. 6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method. 7. Identification of product and Specification Section. 8. Complete test or inspection data. 9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results. 10. Ambient conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting. 11. Comments or professional opinion on whether tested or inspected Work complies with

the Contract Document requirements. 12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector. 13. Recommendations on retesting and reinspecting.

D. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For University’s records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents, established for compliance with standards and regulations bearing on performance of the Work.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufacturer's products that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.

B. Testing Agency Qualifications: An agency with the experience and capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented by ASTM E 548, and that specializes in types of tests and inspections to be performed.

C. Preconstruction Testing: Testing agency shall perform preconstruction testing for compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods. 1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:

Page 37: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01400 - 3

a. Provide test specimens and assemblies representative of proposed materials and construction. Provide sizes and configurations of assemblies to adequately demonstrate capability of product to comply with performance requirements.

b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to prevent delaying the Work.

c. Fabricate and install test assemblies using installers who will perform the same tasks for Project.

d. When testing is complete, remove assemblies; do not reuse materials on Project. 2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection,

and similar quality-assurance service to Architect and Owner’s Representative, with copy to Contractor. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

D. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the completed Work: 1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by

Architect or Owner’s Representative. 2. Notify Architect and Owner’s Representative seven days in advance of dates and times

when mockups will be constructed. 3. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship. 4. Obtain Architect's and Owner’s Representative’s approval of mockups before starting

work, fabrication, or construction. 5. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for

judging the completed Work. 6. Demolish and remove mockups when directed, unless otherwise indicated.

1.6 QUALITY CONTROL

A. University Responsibilities: Where quality-control services are indicated as University's responsibility, University will engage a qualified testing agency to perform these services. 1. University will furnish Contractor with names, addresses, and telephone numbers of

testing agencies engaged and a description of the types of testing and inspecting they are engaged to perform.

2. Costs for retesting and reinspecting construction that replaces or is necessitated by work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents will be charged to Contractor.

B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless otherwise indicated, provide quality-control services specified and required by authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Where services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, engage a qualified testing

agency to perform these quality-control services. a. Contractor shall not employ the same entity engaged by University, unless agreed

to in writing by University. 2. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires

testing or inspecting will be performed. 3. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a

certified written report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service. 4. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract

Documents are Contractor's responsibility. 5. Submit additional copies of each written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction,

when they so direct.

C. Special Tests and Inspections: University will engage and pay a testing agency to conduct special tests and inspections required by authorities having jurisdiction as the responsibility of Owner.

Page 38: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01400 - 4

1. Testing agency will notify Architect/Engineer, Owner’s Representative, and Contractor promptly of irregularities and deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services.

2. Testing agency will submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar quality-control service to Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative, with copy to Contractor and to authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Testing agency will submit a final report of special tests and inspections at Substantial Completion, which includes a list of unresolved deficiencies.

4. Testing agency will interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract Documents.

5. Testing agency will retest and reinspect corrected work.

D. Manufacturer's Field Services: Where indicated, engage a factory-authorized service representative to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, including service connections. Report results in writing.

E. Retesting/Reinspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and reinspecting, for construction that revised or replaced Work that failed to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents.

F. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect/Engineer, Owner’s Representative, and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections. 1. Notify Architect/Engineer, Owner’s Representative, and Contractor promptly of

irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during performance of its services. 2. Interpret tests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected

work complies with or deviates from requirements. 3. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality-

control service through Contractor. 4. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase requirements of the Contract Documents or

approve or accept any portion of the Work. 5. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.

G. Associated Services: Cooperate with agencies performing required tests, inspections, and similar quality-control services, and provide reasonable auxiliary services as requested. Notify agency sufficiently in advance of operations to permit assignment of personnel. Provide the following: 1. Access to the Work. 2. Incidental labor and facilities necessary to facilitate tests and inspections. 3. Adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing and

inspecting. Assist agency in obtaining samples. 4. Facilities for storage and field-curing of test samples. 5. Delivery of samples to testing agencies. 6. Preliminary design mix proposed for use for material mixes that require control by testing

agency. 7. Security and protection for samples and for testing and inspecting equipment at Project

site.

H. Coordination: Coordinate sequence of activities to accommodate required quality-assurance and quality-control services with a minimum of delay and to avoid necessity of removing and replacing construction to accommodate testing and inspecting. 1. Schedule times for tests, inspections, obtaining samples, and similar activities.

Page 39: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01400 - 5

1.7 INSPECTION OF ADJACENT FACILITIES

A. Where demolition, excavation, underpinning, pile driving, or similar work is to be performed adjacent to or in the immediate vicinity of existing structures, the University may arrange for the inspection and survey of existing structures prior to the start of construction.

B. The University may update the survey, as work progresses, to detect movement, settlement, cracking, damage, or changes of any kind.

C. Records of the pre-construction survey shall note pre-construction defects, measurements, elevations and newly discovered defects or changes.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged construction and restore substrates and finishes. 1. Comply with the Contract Document requirements for Division 1 Section "Cutting and

Patching."

B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.

C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for quality-control services.

END OF SECTION 01400

Page 40: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture QUALITY REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01400 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 41: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 1

SECTION 01420 - REFERENCES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DEFINITIONS

A. General: Basic Contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.

B. "Approved": The term "approved," when used to convey Architect's/Engineer’s action on Contractor's submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to Architect's/Engineer’s duties and responsibilities as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.

C. "Directed": Terms such as "directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted" mean directed by Architect/Engineer or University, requested by Architect/Engineer or University, and similar phrases.

D. "Indicated": The term "indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on Drawings or to other paragraphs or schedules in Specifications and similar requirements in the Contract Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help the user locate the reference.

E. "Regulations": The term "regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction industry that control performance of the Work.

F. "Furnish": The term "furnish" means to supply and deliver to Project site, ready for unloading, unpacking, assembly, installation, and similar operations.

G. "Install": The term "install" describes operations at Project site including unloading, temporarily storing, unpacking, assembling, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing, protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.

H. "Provide": The term "provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.

I. "Installer": An installer is the Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee, Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation, erection, application, and similar operations.

J. "Project site" is the space available for performing construction activities. The extent of Project site is shown on Drawings and may or may not be identical with the description of the land on which Project is to be built.

1.3 INDUSTRY STANDARDS

A. Applicability of Standards: Unless the Contract Documents include more stringent requirements, applicable construction industry standards have the same force and effect as if bound or copied directly into the Contract Documents to the extent referenced. Such standards are made a part of the Contract Documents by reference.

Page 42: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 2

B. Publication Dates: Comply with standards in effect as of date of the Contract Documents, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Conflicting Requirements: If compliance with two or more standards is specified and the standards establish different or conflicting requirements for minimum quantities or quality levels, comply with the most stringent requirement. Refer uncertainties and requirements that are different, but apparently equal, to Architect/Engineer for a decision before proceeding. 1. Minimum Quantity or Quality Levels: The quantity or quality level shown or specified

shall be the minimum provided or performed. The actual installation may comply exactly with the minimum quantity or quality specified, or it may exceed the minimum within reasonable limits. To comply with these requirements, indicated numeric values are minimum or maximum, as appropriate, for the context of requirements. Refer uncertainties to Architect/Engineer for a decision before proceeding.

D. Copies of Standards: Each entity engaged in construction on Project must be familiar with industry standards applicable to its construction activity. Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract Documents. 1. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction activity, obtain

copies directly from publication source and make them available on request.

E. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Industry Organizations: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

AA Aluminum Association, Inc. (The) (202) 862-5100 www.aluminum.org AABC Associated Air Balance Council (202) 737-0202 www.aabchq.com AAMA American Architectural Manufacturers Association (847) 303-5664 www.aamanet.org AASHTO American Association of State Highway and (202) 624-5800 Transportation Officials www.aashto.org ACI American Concrete Institute/ACI International (248) 848-3700 www.aci-int.org ACPA American Concrete Pipe Association (972) 506-7216 www.concrete-pipe.org ADC Air Diffusion Council (312) 201-0101 AGA American Gas Association (202) 824-7000 www.aga.org AI Asphalt Institute (606) 288-4960 www.asphaltinstitute.org AIA American Institute of Architects (The) (202) 626-7300 www.aiaonline.org

Page 43: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 3

AISC American Institute of Steel Construction, Inc. (800) 644-2400 www.aisc.org (312) 670-2400 AISI American Iron and Steel Institute (202) 452-7100 www.steel.org ALSC American Lumber Standard Committee (301) 972-1700 AMCA Air Movement and Control Association International, Inc. (847) 394-0150 www.amca.org ANLA American Nursery & Landscape Association (202) 789-2900 (Formerly: AAN - American Association of Nurserymen) www.anla.org ANSI American National Standards Institute (212) 642-4900 www.ansi.org APA APA-The Engineered Wood Association (253) 565-6600 www.apawood.org APA Architectural Precast Association (941) 454-6989 www.archprecast.org ARI Air-Conditioning & Refrigeration Institute (703) 524-8800 www.ari.org ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers (800) 548-2723 www.asce.org (703) 295-6300 ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and (800) 527-4723 Air-Conditioning Engineers www.ashrae.org (404) 636-8400 ASME ASME International (800) 843-2763 (The American Society of Mechanical Engineers International) www.asme.org ASSE

American Society of Sanitary Engineering

(440) 835-3040

www.asse-plumbing.org ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials (610) 832-9585 www.astm.org AWI Architectural Woodwork Institute (800) 449-8811 www.awinet.org (703) 733-0600 AWPA American Wood-Preservers' Association (817) 326-6300 www.awpa.com AWS American Welding Society (800) 443-9353 www.aws.org (305) 443-9353

Page 44: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 4

AWWA American Water Works Association (800) 926-7337 www.awwa.org (303) 794-7711

BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers Association (212) 661-4261 www.buildershardware.com BIA Brick Industry Association (The) (703) 620-0010 www.bia.org CDA Copper Development Association Inc. (800) 232-3282 www.copper.org (212) 251-7200 CGA Compressed Gas Association (703) 412-0900 www.cganet.com CISPI Cast Iron Soil Pipe Institute (423) 892-0137 www.cispi.org CPPA Corrugated Polyethylene Pipe Association (800) 510-2772 Division of Plastics Pipe Institute (419) 241-2221 www.cppa-info.org CRI Carpet and Rug Institute (The) (800) 882-8846 www.carpet-rug.com (706) 278-3176 CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute (847) 517-1200 www.crsi.org CSI Construction Specifications Institute (The) (800) 689-2900 www.csinet.org (703) 684-0300 DHI Door and Hardware Institute (703) 222-2010 www.dhi.org EJMA Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc. (914) 332-0040 www.ejma.org FCI

Fluid Controls Institute

(216) 241-7333

www.fluidcontrolsinstitute.org FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association (See GANA) FM Factory Mutual System (See FMG) FMG FM Global (401) 275-3000 (Formerly: FM - Factory Mutual System) www.fmglobal.com GA Gypsum Association (202) 289-5440 www.gypsum.org

Page 45: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 5

GANA Glass Association of North America (785) 271-0208 (Formerly: FGMA - Flat Glass Marketing Association) www.glasswebsite.com/gana

GTA Glass Tempering Division of Glass Association of North America (See GANA) HI Hydronics Institute (908) 464-8200 Division of Gas Appliance Manufacturers Association www.gamanet.org HMMA Hollow Metal Manufacturers Association Division of National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (See NAAMM) ICRI International Concrete Repair Institute (703) 450-0116 www.icri.org IEEE Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc. (The) (212) 419-7900 www.ieee.org IESNA Illuminating Engineering Society of North America (The) (212) 248-5000 www.iesna.org IGCC Insulating Glass Certification Council (315) 938-7444 www.igcc.org ILI Indiana Limestone Institute of America, Inc. (812) 275-4426 www.iliai.com LSGA Laminated Safety Glass Association (See GANA) MFMA Metal Framing Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 MIA Marble Institute of America (614) 228-6194 www.marble-institute.com ML/SFA Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association (See SSMA) MSS Manufacturers Standardization Society of The Valve and (703) 281-6613 Fittings Industry, Inc. www.mss-hq.com NAAMM National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (312) 332-0405 www.naamm.org NAIMA North American Insulation Manufacturers Association (703) 684-0084 (The) www.naima.org

Page 46: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 6

NCMA National Concrete Masonry Association (703) 713-1900 www.ncma.org

NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau (301) 977-3698 www.nebb.org NeLMA Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association (207) 829-6901 www.nelma.org NEMA National Electrical Manufacturers Association (703) 841-3200 www.nema.org NFPA National Fire Protection Association (800) 344-3555 www.nfpa.org (617) 770-3000 NFRC National Fenestration Rating Council (301) 589-6372 www.nfrc.org NGA National Glass Association (703) 442-4890 www.glass.org NLGA National Lumber Grades Authority (604) 524-2393 www.nlga.org NRCA National Roofing Contractors Association (800) 323-9545 www.nrca.net (847) 299-9070 NRMCA National Ready Mixed Concrete Association (301) 587-1400 www.nrmca.org NTMA National Terrazzo & Mosaic Association (The) (800) 323-9736 www.ntma.com NWWDA

National Wood Window and Door Association

(703) 779-1022

(See WDMA) PCI Precast/Prestressed Concrete Institute (312) 786-0300 www.pci.org RFCI Resilient Floor Covering Institute (Contact by mail only) RIS Redwood Inspection Service (888) 225-7339 Division of the California Redwood Association (415) 382-0662 www.calredwood.org RMA Rubber Manufacturers Association (800) 220-7620 www.rma.org (202) 682-4800 SDI Steel Deck Institute (847) 462-1930 www.sdi.org SDI Steel Door Institute (440) 899-0010 www.steeldoor.org

Page 47: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 7

SGCC Safety Glazing Certification Council (315) 938-7444 www.sgcc.org

SIGMA Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers Association (312) 644-6610 www.sigmaonline.org/sigma SJI Steel Joist Institute (843) 626-1995 www.steeljoist.org SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors' National

Association (703) 803-2980

www.smacna.org SSMA Steel Stud Manufacturers Association (312) 456-5590 (Formerly: ML/SFA - Metal Lath/Steel Framing Association) www.ssma.com SSPC SSPC: The Society for Protective Coatings (800) 837-8303 www.sspc.org (412) 281-2331 SWRI Sealant, Waterproofing & Restoration Institute (816) 472-7974 www.swrionline.org TCA Tile Council of America, Inc. (864) 646-8453 www.tileusa.com UL Underwriters Laboratories Inc. (800) 704-4050 www.ul.com (847) 272-8800 USG United States Gypsum Company (800) 874-4968 A Subsidiary of USG Corporation (312) 606-4000 www.usg.com WCMA Window Covering Manufacturers Association (212) 661-4261 (Formerly: AWCMA - American Window Covering

Manufacturers Association)

www.windowcoverings.org WDMA Window & Door Manufacturers Association (800) 223-2301 (Formerly: NWWDA - National Wood Window and Door

Association) (847) 299-5200

www.wdma.com WWPA Western Wood Products Association (503) 224-3930 www.wwpa.org

Page 48: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture REFERENCES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01420 - 8

F. Abbreviations and Acronyms for Federal Government Agencies: Where abbreviations and acronyms are used in Specifications or other Contract Documents, they shall mean the recognized name of the entities in the following list. Names, telephone numbers, and Web site addresses are subject to change and are believed to be accurate and up-to-date as of the date of the Contract Documents.

EPA Environmental Protection Agency (202) 260-2090 www.epa.gov FCC Federal Communications Commission (202) 418-0190 www.fcc.gov FED-STD Federal Standard (See FS) FS Federal Specification (Available from DOD, GSA, and NIBS) FTMS Federal Test Method Standard (See FS) OSHA Occupational Safety & Health Administration (202) 219-5000 (See CFR 29) www.osha.gov

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01420

Page 49: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 1

SECTION 01500 - TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for temporary facilities and controls, including temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.

B. Temporary utilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Water service and distribution. 2. Sanitary facilities, including toilets and drinking-water facilities. 3. Heating and cooling facilities. 4. Ventilation. 5. Electric power service. 6. Lighting. 7. Telephone service.

C. Support facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Project identification and temporary signs. 2. Field offices. 3. Storage and fabrication sheds. 4. Temporary elevator usage. 5. Construction aids and miscellaneous services and facilities.

D. Security and protection facilities include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Environmental protection. 2. Pest control. 3. Site enclosure fence. 4. Security enclosure and lockup. 5. Barricades, warning signs, and lights. 6. Temporary enclosures. 7. Temporary partitions. 8. Fire protection.

E. Hazardous Waste Management.

F. Waste Management Plan.

G. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for procedures for submitting copies of

implementation and termination schedule and utility reports. 2. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 for temporary heat, ventilation, and humidity requirements for

products in those Sections.

Page 50: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 2

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Permanent Enclosure: As determined by Architect, permanent or temporary roofing is complete, insulated, and weathertight; exterior walls are insulated and weathertight; and all openings are closed with permanent construction or substantial temporary closures.

1.4 USE CHARGES

A. General: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the University or Architect/Engineer and shall be included in the Contract Sum.

B. Water Service: Water will be provided from the existing building service without cost to the Contractor for remodeling work.

C. Electric Power Service: Electric power service will be provided from the existing building service without cost to the Contractor for remodeling work.

D. Telephone Service: Pay for telephone service to the field office.

E. The Contractor is responsible for the costs of the installation and removal of the temporary utility systems from the Contractor point of connection forward. Materials furnished by the Contractor for the temporary system shall remain the Contractor’s property.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Standards: Comply with ANSI A10.6, NECA's "Temporary Electrical Facilities," and NFPA 241. 1. Trade Jurisdictions: Assigned responsibilities for installation and operation of temporary

utilities are not intended to interfere with trade regulations and union jurisdictions. 2. Electric Service: Comply with NECA, NEMA, and UL standards and regulations for

temporary electric service. Install service to comply with NFPA 70.

B. Tests and Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to test and inspect each temporary utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Temporary Utilities: At earliest feasible time, when acceptable to University, change over from use of temporary service to use of permanent service. 1. Temporary Use of Permanent Facilities: Installer of each permanent service shall

assume responsibility for operation, maintenance, and protection of each permanent service during its use as a construction facility before University's acceptance, regardless of previously assigned responsibilities.

B. Conditions of Use: The following conditions apply to use of temporary services and facilities by all parties engaged in the Work: 1. Keep temporary services and facilities clean and neat. 2. Relocate temporary services and facilities as required by progress of the Work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Provide new materials. Undamaged, previously used materials in serviceable condition may be used if approved by Architect/Engineer. Provide materials suitable for use intended.

Page 51: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 3

B. Chain-Link Fencing: Minimum 2-inch, 0.148-inch-thick, galvanized steel, chain-link fabric fencing; minimum 6 feet high with galvanized steel pipe posts; minimum 2-3/8-inch-OD line posts and 2-7/8-inch-OD corner and pull posts, with 1-5/8-inch-OD top rails.

C. Lumber and Plywood: Comply with requirements in Division 6 Section "Miscellaneous Carpentry."

D. Gypsum Board: Minimum 1/2 inch thick by 48 inches wide by maximum available lengths; regular-type panels with tapered edges. Comply with ASTM C 36.

E. Insulation: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket, manufactured from glass, slag wool, or rock wool; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indices of 25 and 50, respectively.

F. Paint: Comply with requirements in Division 9 Section "Painting."

G. Tarpaulins: Fire-resistive labeled with flame-spread rating of 15 or less.

H. Water: Potable.

2.2 EQUIPMENT

A. General: Provide equipment suitable for use intended.

B. Fire Extinguishers: Hand carried, portable, UL rated. Provide class and extinguishing agent as indicated or a combination of extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures. 1. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241 for classification, extinguishing agent, and size

required by location and class of fire exposure.

C. Self-Contained Toilet Units: Single-occupant units of chemical, aerated recirculation, or combustion type; vented; fully enclosed with a glass-fiber-reinforced polyester shell or similar nonabsorbent material.

D. Drinking-Water Fixtures: Containerized, tap-dispenser, bottled-water drinking-water units, including paper cup supply.

E. Heating Equipment: Unless University authorizes use of permanent heating system, provide vented, self-contained, liquid-propane-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space thermostatic control. 1. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open-flame heaters, or salamander-type heating

units is prohibited. 2. Heating Units: Listed and labeled, by a testing agency acceptable to authorities having

jurisdiction, and marked for intended use for type of fuel being consumed.

F. Electrical Outlets: Properly configured, NEMA-polarized outlets to prevent insertion of 110- to 120-V plugs into higher-voltage outlets; equipped with ground-fault circuit interrupters, reset button, and pilot light.

G. Power Distribution System Circuits: Where permitted and overhead and exposed for surveillance, wiring circuits, not exceeding 125-V ac, 20-A rating, and lighting circuits may be nonmetallic sheathed cable.

Page 52: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Locate facilities where they will serve Project adequately and result in minimum interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.

B. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by authorized use of completed permanent facilities.

3.2 TEMPORARY UTILITY INSTALLATION

A. Water Service: Install water distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for construction until permanent water service is in use. Sterilize temporary water piping before use. 1. Provide a back-flow prevention device between the existing water system and the

temporary construction system. 2. The Contractor shall maintain the system in a manner that will prevent freezing, flooding,

or contamination. 3. Provide rubber hoses as necessary to serve Project site. 4. Where installations below an outlet might be damaged by spillage or leakage, provide a

drip pan of suitable size to minimize water damage. Drain accumulated water promptly from pans.

B. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking-water fixtures. Comply with regulations and health codes for type, number, location, operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities. 1. Disposable Supplies: Provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar

disposable materials for each facility. Maintain adequate supply. Provide covered waste containers for disposal of used material.

2. Toilets: Install self-contained toilet units. Shield toilets to ensure privacy. Provide separate facilities for male and female personnel.

3. Drinking-Water Facilities: Provide bottled-water, drinking-water units.

C. Heating and Cooling: Provide temporary heating and cooling required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. 1. Maintain a minimum temperature of 50 deg F in permanently enclosed portions of

building for normal construction activities, and 65 deg F for finishing activities and areas where finished Work has been installed.

2. The use of completed portions of the permanent Building HVAC system for construction purposes is prohibited without the expressed written consent of the University.

3. In remodeling projects the temporary construction heat may be an extension of the existing building heating system if it is adequate for the purpose. Review with the Owner’s Representative if the existing system is adequate. If the existing building heating service is inadequate, the Contractor shall provide temporary construction heat.

4. Where the temporary system is an extension of the existing building heating service, Contractor shall provide piping extensions and terminal units required.

5. Where steam from the University system is used for construction, the Contractor shall install University supplied steam and condensate meters to measure consumption.

6. Pipe condensate back to the University’s return mains.

Page 53: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 5

D. Ventilation and Humidity Control: Provide temporary ventilation required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of high humidity. Select equipment from that specified that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements being installed. Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize energy consumption.

E. Electric Power Service: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics during construction period. Include transformers, overload-protected disconnecting means, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and main distribution switchgear. 1. Install power distribution wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to

damage. 2. Connect temporary service to University's existing power source, as directed by electric

company officials. 3. The use of University non-metered electrical energy for electric heating is prohibited. 4. The use of completed portions of permanent building lighting and power for construction

purposes is prohibited. 5. The main disconnect switch, overload protection, fault protection and provision for

metering shall meet University utility requirements. 6. The Contractor shall have the temporary power service inspected prior to being

energized.

F. Electric Distribution: Provide receptacle outlets adequate for connection of power tools and equipment. 1. Provide waterproof connectors to connect separate lengths of electrical power cords if

single lengths will not reach areas where construction activities are in progress. Do not exceed safe length-voltage ratio.

G. Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching that provides adequate illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions. 1. Install and operate temporary lighting that fulfills security and protection requirements

without operating entire system. 2. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per 500 sq. ft., uniformly distributed, for general

lighting, or equivalent illumination. 3. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp every 50 feet in traffic areas. 4. Provide one 100-W incandescent lamp per story in stairways and ladder runs, located to

illuminate each landing and flight.

H. Telephone Service: Provide temporary telephone service throughout construction period for common-use facilities used by all personnel engaged in construction activities. Install separate telephone line for each field office. 1. Provide and maintain telephone service to the field office. The University operates

telephone lines on campus, basic monthly service includes local and toll service. Contractor is to complete the attached form Request for Temporary Telephone Service and return it to University Networking and Telecommunications Services. Contractor will be billed for the labor time and materials required for the installation plus the cost of the monthly service.

2. Provide additional telephone lines for the following: a. Provide a dedicated telephone line for each facsimile machine and computer with

modem in each field office. 3. At each telephone, post a list of important telephone numbers.

a. Police and fire departments. b. Ambulance service. c. Contractor's home office.

Page 54: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 6

d. Architect's office. e. Engineers' offices. f. Owner's Representative’s office. g. Principal subcontractors' field and home offices.

4. Provide an answering machine on superintendent's telephone. 5. Furnish superintendent with electronic paging device for use when away from field office. 6. Provide a portable cellular telephone for superintendent's use in making and receiving

telephone calls when away from field office.

3.3 SUPPORT FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with the following: 1. Locate field offices, storage sheds, sanitary facilities, and other temporary construction

and support facilities for easy access. 2. Maintain support facilities until near Substantial Completion. Remove before Substantial

Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be permitted to use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to University.

B. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Maintain Project site, excavations, and construction free of water. 1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining

property nor endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities. 2. Before connection and operation of permanent drainage piping system, provide

temporary drainage where roofing or similar waterproof deck construction is completed. 3. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.

C. Temporary Signs: Prepare temporary signs to direct traffic or deliveries as needed. Install signs where indicated to inform public and persons seeking entrance to Project. Other signs on the site are prohibited. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. 1. Prepare temporary signs to provide directional information to construction personnel and

visitors. 2. Construct signs of exterior-type Grade B-B high-density concrete form overlay plywood in

sizes and thicknesses indicated. Support on posts or framing of preservative-treated wood or steel.

3. Paint sign panel and applied graphics with exterior-grade alkyd gloss enamel over exterior primer.

D. Waste Chutes: Fully enclose waste chutes with tight joints, rigidly support them at each floor. Provide water spray or full enclosure at the discharge end to prevent noticeable dust dispersal.

E. Common-Use Field Office: A portion of the existing building may be used by the Contractor as a Field Office for use as a common facility by all personnel engaged in construction activities; of sufficient size to accommodate required office personnel. Keep office clean and orderly. Area will be identified prior to start of construction.

F. Storage and Fabrication Sheds: Provide sheds sized, furnished, and equipped to accommodate materials and equipment involved, including temporary utility services. Sheds may be open shelters or fully enclosed spaces within building or elsewhere on-site. 1. Paint exposed lumber and plywood with exterior-grade acrylic-latex emulsion over

exterior primer.

G. Existing Stair Usage: Use of University's existing stairs will be permitted, as long as stairs are cleaned and maintained in a condition acceptable to University. At Substantial Completion, restore stairs to condition existing before initial use.

Page 55: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 7

1. Provide protective coverings, barriers, devices, signs, or other procedures to protect stairs and to maintain means of egress. If, despite such protection, stairs become damaged, restore damaged areas so no evidence remains of correction work.

H. Traffic Regulation and Parking: The Contractor shall comply with all posted regulations, signs, and directions regarding traffic, parking, and loading/unloading. In areas of high vehicle-pedestrian activity, the Contractor shall provide a flag person for pedestrians while vehicles enter or leave the site.

I. Construction Staging Area: 1. The Contractor shall install temporary fencing at perimeter of staging area. 2. The Contractor may use the staging area, as indicated on the Drawings, for material

storage, equipment, or other necessary purpose directly related to the Work. 3. Owner’s Representative will provide one or more signs reading, “Construction Staging

Area, Vehicle Permit Required, Violator Will be Tagged and Towed.” Display these signs prominently on the perimeter fence. Return signs to the Owner’s Representative before final completion of the project.

4. Parking of personal vehicles by construction personnel is prohibited in staging area. Location of parking spot shall be coordinated with the University’s Project Manager.

5. One site-specific Construction Staging Area Parking hang-tag will be authorized for this project. The vehicle parked in the staging area shall have a Construction Staging Area parking hang-tag appropriately displayed. Vehicles not in compliance with these regulations will be subject to tagging and impounding by police.

6. Owner’s Representative will complete the attached Construction Staging Area Parking Vehicle Permit Application, including the detailed site map, and forward it to Parking and Transportation Services prior to starting work on the project.

7. Verify the cost per month of each site-specific Construction Staging Area Parking hang-tag with Owner’s Representative. a. The Contractor shall pay this cost directly to Parking and Transportation Services,

Suite 300, Transportation and Safety Building, 511 Washington Avenue SE, Minneapolis, when they pick up the site-specific hang-tags.

3.4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION

A. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction in ways and by methods that comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects. Avoid using tools and equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noisemaking tools and equipment to hours that will minimize complaints from persons or firms near Project site.

B. Contractor Staging Area Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, install chain-link enclosure fence with lockable entrance gates enclosing the staging area. Locate where indicated, or enclose entire staging area or portion determined sufficient to accommodate construction operations. Install in a manner that will prevent people, dogs, and other animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates. 1. Set fence posts in compacted mixture of gravel and earth. 2. In order to avoid cutting or damaging pavement, sidewalks, or waterproof plaza

membranes use portable base posts where appropriate. 3. Provide gates in sizes and at locations necessary to accommodate delivery vehicles and

other construction operations. 4. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized

personnel. 5. Remove fencing and restore the staging area to original condition before final completion.

Page 56: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 8

C. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install substantial temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and similar violations of security.

D. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with standards and code requirements for erecting structurally adequate barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs to inform personnel and public of possible hazard. Where appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.

E. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior. 1. Provide necessary measures to protect temporary and final work, existing and adjacent

buildings, material and equipment from weather damage. This includes ground water, rainwater, wind, ice, snow and the backing up of sewers and drains.

2. Provide temporary weather tight enclosures, pumps, equipment, grading, bailing, or other work necessary to ensure this protection.

3. Provide temporary insulated weather tight closures of all openings in exterior walls and roofs.

4. Provide temporary enclosures to withstand gale force wind. 5. Maintain existing roof drains and protect areas of partial demolition until area is enclosed

and weather tight. 6. Maintain existing interior building floor drains in the construction area. 7. Maintain existing site drainage, exterior catch basins and areaway drains within

construction site so water does not pond. 8. Where heating or cooling is needed and permanent enclosure is not complete, provide

insulated temporary enclosures. Coordinate enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous conditions and effects.

9. Vertical Openings: Close openings of 25 sq. ft. or less with plywood or similar materials. 10. Horizontal Openings: Close openings in floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with

load-bearing, wood-framed construction. 11. Install tarpaulins securely using fire-retardant-treated wood framing and other materials.

F. Temporary Partitions: Erect and maintain dustproof partitions and temporary enclosures to limit dust and dirt migration and to separate areas from fumes and noise. 1. Construct dustproof, floor-to-ceiling partitions of not less than nominal 4-inch studs, 2

layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, inside and outside temporary enclosure. Cover floor with 2 layers of 3-mil polyethylene sheets, extending sheets 18 inches up the side walls. Overlap and tape full length of joints. Cover floor with 3/4-inch fire-retardant plywood. a. Construct a vestibule and airlock at each entrance to temporary enclosure with not

less than 48 inches between doors. Maintain water-dampened foot mats in vestibule.

2. Insulate partitions to provide noise protection to occupied areas. 3. Seal joints and perimeter. Equip partitions with dustproof doors and security locks. 4. Protect air-handling equipment. 5. Weatherstrip openings.

G. Temporary Fire Protection: Install and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against reasonably predictable and controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 241. 1. Provide fire extinguishers, installed on walls on mounting brackets, visible and accessible

from space being served, with sign mounted above. a. Field Offices: Class A stored-pressure water-type extinguishers. b. Other Locations: Class ABC dry-chemical extinguishers or a combination of

extinguishers of NFPA-recommended classes for exposures.

Page 57: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 9

c. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose; provide not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell.

2. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations. 3. Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers, fire hydrants, temporary fire-

protection facilities, stairways, and other access routes for firefighting. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas.

4. Supervise welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units, and similar sources of fire ignition.

5. Develop and supervise an overall fire-prevention and first-aid fire-protection program for personnel at Project site. Review needs with local fire department and establish procedures to be followed. Instruct personnel in methods and procedures. Post warnings and information.

6. Provide hoses for fire protection of sufficient length to reach construction areas. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

7. Provide temporary standpipes and hoses for fire protection. Hang hoses with a warning sign stating that hoses are for fire-protection purposes only and are not to be removed. Match hose size with outlet size and equip with suitable nozzles.

3.5 HAZARDOUS WASTE MANAGEMENT

A. General: Evaluation, on-site storage, transportation, disposal and other aspects of Hazardous Waste Management shall comply with Pollution Control Agency Hazardous Waste Rules Chapter 7045.

B. Hazardous Wastes from Construction Activities: The Contractor is responsible for proper management of hazardous wastes generated by his own construction activities (e.g., excess or unwanted hazardous construction-related materials, including, but not limited to: aerosols, paints, activators, adhesives, and caulks). Construction hazardous waste shall not be commingled with demolition hazardous waste. Construction hazardous waste shall not be commingled with non-hazardous construction or demolition waste.

3.6 SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from construction operations. Containerize and clearly label hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Comply with Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning requirements. 1. If required by authorities having jurisdiction, provide separate containers, clearly labeled,

for each type of waste material to be deposited. 2. Develop a waste management plan for Work performed on Project. Indicate types of

waste materials Project will produce and estimate quantities of each type. Provide detailed information for on-site waste storage and separation of recyclable materials. Provide information on destination of each type of waste material and means to be used to dispose of all waste materials.

B. Provide for the management of construction and demolition waste through reuse, recycling and reduction methods.

C. Definitions: 1. Reduction: Reduction includes eliminating excess material use or waste. Examples of

reduction include ordering materials to fit the module of the design, such as eliminating cut-off waste from lumber, drywall or carpeting; working with suppliers to eliminate or reduce packaging.

Page 58: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 10

2. Reuse: Reuse includes salvaging components from remodeling or demolition projects for resale or transfer to salvage businesses, non-profits, material exchange networks, or for use in new construction at the same site or elsewhere. Reusable items include plumbing and mechanical equipment, doors, windows, fixtures, trim, etc. Other reuse strategies include returning unused products or shipping containers (pallets) to vendors.

3. Recycling: Recycling includes the recovery of materials that have existing and stable markets. These materials can be used as raw materials for the manufacturing of new projects. Examples include cardboard, metals and concrete.

D. Submittals: Contractor shall submit the Construction Solid Waste Management Plan to Owner’s Representative 10 days prior to start of construction. The plan should include the following elements: 1. Whether construction waste will be recycled or reused by source separation, time-cased

separation, or commingled for delivery to an off-site separation facility. 2. The types of materials to be targeted for recycling and reuse, the projected volumes and

fate of the materials. Identify materials that are recyclable or otherwise recoverable that must be disposed of in a landfill.

3. The diversion goal indicating the percentage of waste to be diverted from landfilling or incineration.

4. The facilities to be used, both landfills and recycling facilities, indicating which of the targeted wastes are to be received, projected volumes, and documentation of their permit status.

5. Maintenance of a Construction Waste Log (dates, facility, transporter, weights) and a file of waste receipts for all wastes shipped off-site.

E. Implementation: 1. Contractor shall conduct a Pre-Construction Waste Management Conference to discuss

the Plan requirements, schedules and procedures with Contractor personnel associated with waste management, the Architect, suppliers where appropriate, and Owner’s Representative.

2. Contractor shall designate on-site party responsible for implementing the plan and instructing workers, distributing plan to site foremen and each subcontractor, including the plan in worker orientation and safety meetings, and providing site instruction on separation, handling, and recovery methods.

3.7 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL

A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit availability of temporary facilities to essential and intended uses.

B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal. Protect from damage caused by freezing temperatures and similar elements. 1. Maintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control,

ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid possibility of damage.

2. Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground lines. Protect from damage during excavation operations.

C. Operate Project-identification-sign lighting daily from dusk until 12:00 midnight.

D. Temporary Facility Changeover: Except for using permanent fire protection as soon as available, do not change over from using temporary security and protection facilities to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.

Page 59: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 11

E. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired. 1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are the property of Contractor.

University reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs. 2. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during

construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

END OF SECTION 01500

Page 60: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01500 - 12

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 61: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01524 - 1

SECTION 01524 - DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for the following: 1. Disposing of nonhazardous demolition and construction waste.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 02070 "Selective Demolition" for disposition of waste resulting from selective

demolition of buildings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Construction Waste: Building and site improvement materials and other solid waste resulting from construction, remodeling, renovation, or repair operations. Construction waste includes packaging.

B. Demolition Waste: Building and site improvement materials resulting from demolition or selective demolition operations.

C. Disposal: Removal off-site of demolition and construction waste and subsequent sale, recycling, reuse, or deposit in landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Recycling: Recovering materials that have existing and stable markets that can be used as raw materials for manufacturing new products.

1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Achieve end-of-Project rates for salvage/recycling of 75 percent by weight of total non-hazardous solid waste generated by the Work. Practice efficient waste management in the use of materials in the course of the Work. Use all reasonable means to divert construction and demolition waste from landfills and incinerators. Facilitate recycling and salvage of materials, including the following: 1. Demolition Waste. 2. Construction Waste:

a. Lumber. b. Wood sheet materials. c. Packaging: Regardless of salvage/recycle goal indicated in "General" Paragraph

above, salvage or recycle 100 percent of the following uncontaminated packaging materials: 1) Paper. 2) Cardboard. 3) Boxes. 4) Plastic sheet and film. 5) Polystyrene packaging. 6) Wood crates. 7) Plastic pails.

Page 62: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01524 - 2

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Management Plan: Submit plan not later than 10 days prior to the date established for commencement of the Work.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Waste Reduction Progress Reports: Concurrent with each Application for Payment, submit report. Include the following information: 1. Material category. 2. Generation point of waste. 3. Total quantity of waste in tons. 4. Quantity of waste salvaged, both estimated and actual in tons. 5. Quantity of waste recycled, both estimated and actual in tons. 6. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) in tons. 7. Total quantity of waste recovered (salvaged plus recycled) as a percentage of total

waste.

B. Waste Reduction Calculations: Before request for Substantial Completion, submit calculated end-of-Project rates for salvage, recycling, and disposal as a percentage of total waste generated by the Work.

C. Recycling and Processing Facility Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of recyclable waste by recycling and processing facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

D. Landfill and Incinerator Disposal Records: Indicate receipt and acceptance of waste by landfills and incinerator facilities licensed to accept them. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Waste Management Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Section 01310 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to waste management including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Review and discuss waste management plan including responsibilities of waste

management coordinator. 2. Review requirements for documenting quantities of each type of waste and its

disposition. 3. Review and finalize procedures for materials separation and verify availability of

containers and bins needed to avoid delays. 4. Review procedures for periodic waste collection and transportation to recycling and

disposal facilities. 5. Review waste management requirements for each trade.

1.8 WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. General: Develop a waste management plan according to ASTM E 1609 and requirements in this Section. Plan shall consist of waste identification, waste reduction work plan, and shall include the following elements: 1. Whether construction waste shall be recycled or reused by source separation, time-

based separation or co-mingled for delivery to an off-site separation facility.

Page 63: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01524 - 3

2. The targeted materials for recycling and reuse, the projected volume and their destination. Identify recyclable or other recoverable materials that shall not be targeted in this project, and provide reasons why they shall not be recycled/recovered.

3. The goal of what percentage of waste shall be diverted from landfills or incinerators. 4. The landfill and recycling facilities to be used. Indicate the targeted wastes to be

received and the projected volumes. Document the permit status. 5. Maintenance of a construction waste log that includes dates, facility, transporter, and

weights. Also include a file of receipts for waste shipped off-site.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PLAN IMPLEMENTATION

A. General: Implement approved waste management plan. Provide handling, containers, storage, signage, transportation, and other items as required to implement waste management plan during the entire duration of the Contract. 1. Comply with operation, termination, and removal requirements in Section 01500

"Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. The contractor shall conduct a pre-construction waste management conference to discuss the plan requirements, schedules and procedures. Attendees shall include the Owner's Representative, the Architect, a representative from the University Waste Management Division, waste management personnel from the contractor's firm and suppliers when appropriate.

C. The contractor shall designate an on-site party that is responsible for implementing the plan and instructing workers during orientation and safety meetings. The party shall provide instruction on separation, handling, and recovery methods, and distribute the plan to site foremen and each subcontractor.

3.2 RECYCLING DEMOLITION AND CONSTRUCTION WASTE, GENERAL

A. General: Recycle paper and beverage containers used by on-site workers.

B. Preparation of Waste: Prepare and maintain recyclable waste materials according to recycling or reuse facility requirements. Maintain materials free of dirt, adhesives, solvents, petroleum contamination, and other substances deleterious to the recycling process.

C. Procedures: Separate recyclable waste from other waste materials, trash, and debris. Separate recyclable waste by type at Project site to the maximum extent practical according to approved construction waste management plan. 1. Provide appropriately marked containers or bins for controlling recyclable waste until

removed from Project site. Include list of acceptable and unacceptable materials at each container and bin. a. Inspect containers and bins for contamination and remove contaminated materials

if found. 2. Stockpile processed materials on-site without intermixing with other materials. Place,

grade, and shape stockpiles to drain surface water. Cover to prevent windblown dust. 3. Stockpile materials away from construction area. Do not store within drip line of

remaining trees. 4. Store components off the ground and protect from the weather. 5. Remove recyclable waste from Owner's property and transport to recycling receiver or

processor.

Page 64: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture DEMOLITION/CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01524 - 4

3.3 RECYCLING DEMOLITION WASTE

A. Wood Materials: Sort and stack members according to size, type, and length. Separate lumber, engineered wood products, panel products, and treated wood materials.

B. Metals: Separate metals by type.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF WASTE

A. General: Except for items or materials to be salvaged, recycled, or otherwise reused, remove waste materials from Project site and legally dispose of them in a landfill or incinerator acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction. 1. Except as otherwise specified, do not allow waste materials that are to be disposed of

accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas.

B. Burning: Do not burn waste materials.

C. Disposal: Remove waste materials from Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

END OF SECTION 01524

Page 65: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01600 - 1

SECTION 01600 - PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following administrative and procedural requirements: selection of products for use in Project; product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; and special warranties.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "References" for applicable industry standards for products specified. 2. Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures" for submitting warranties for contract closeout. 3. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements for warranties on products and

installations specified to be warranted.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Products: Items purchased for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "system," and terms of similar intent. 1. Named Products: Items identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or

model number or other designation, shown or listed in manufacturer's published product literature that is current as of date of the Contract Documents.

2. New Products: Items that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility. Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.

B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Preprinted written warranty published by individual manufacturer for a particular product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to University.

C. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by or incorporated into the Contract Documents, either to extend time limit provided by manufacturer's warranty or to provide more rights for University.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Product List: Submit a list, in tabular from, showing specified products. Include generic names of products required. Include manufacturer's name and proprietary product names for each product. 1. Coordinate product list with Contractor's Construction Schedule and the Submittals

Schedule. 2. Form: Tabulate information for each product under the following column headings:

a. Specification Section number and title. b. Generic name used in the Contract Documents. c. Proprietary name, model number, and similar designations. d. Manufacturer's name and address. e. Supplier's name and address. f. Installer's name and address. g. Projected delivery date or time span of delivery period.

Page 66: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01600 - 2

h. Identification of items that require early submittal approval for scheduled delivery date.

3. Submittal: Within 15 days after date of Notice to Proceed, submit 3 copies of product list. Include a written explanation for omissions of data and for variations from Contract requirements.

4. Architect's/Engineer’s Action: Architect/Engineer will respond in writing to Contractor within 10 days of receipt of completed product list. Architect's/Engineer’s response will include a list of unacceptable product selections and a brief explanation of reasons for this action. Architect's/Engineer’s response, or lack of response, does not constitute a waiver of requirement that products comply with the Contract Documents.

1.5 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage at Project site and to prevent

overcrowding of construction spaces. 2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that

are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.

3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and installing.

4. Inspect products on delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.

5. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units. 6. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure. 7. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight

enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. 8. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity,

ventilation, and weather-protection requirements for storage. 9. Protect stored products from damage.

1.6 PRODUCT WARRANTIES

A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties required by the Contract Documents. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution. Submit a draft for approval before final execution. 1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and

properly executed. 2. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular

requirements for submitting special warranties.

C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Closeout Procedures."

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PRODUCT OPTIONS

A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, that are undamaged, and unless otherwise indicated, that are new at time of installation.

Page 67: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01600 - 3

1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, fasteners, and other items needed for a complete installation and indicated use and effect.

2. Standard Products: If available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.

3. University reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract Documents.

4. Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.

5. Where products are accompanied by the term "match sample," sample to be matched is Architect's.

6. Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish "salient characteristics" of products.

B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures for product selection include the following: 1. Products: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Products" introduce

a list of names of both products and manufacturers, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements.

2. Manufacturers: Where Specification paragraphs or subparagraphs titled "Manufacturers" introduce a list of manufacturers' names, provide a product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements.

3. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected from manufacturer's colors, patterns, textures" or a similar phrase, select a product (and manufacturer) that complies with other specified requirements. a. Standard Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "standard range of

colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that does not include premium items.

b. Full Range: Where Specifications include the phrase "full range of colors, patterns, textures" or similar phrase, Architect will select color, pattern, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both standard and premium items.

PART 3 - EXECUTION (Not Used)

END OF SECTION 01600

Page 68: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01600 - 4

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 69: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01700 - 1

SECTION 01700 - EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes general procedural requirements governing execution of the Work including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Construction layout. 2. Field engineering and surveying. 3. General installation of products. 4. Progress cleaning. 5. Starting and adjusting. 6. Protection of installed construction. 7. Correction of the Work.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination" for procedures for

coordinating field engineering with other construction activities. 2. Division 1 Section "Submittal Procedures" for submitting surveys. 3. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for procedural requirements for cutting and

patching necessary for the installation or performance of other components of the Work.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For land surveyor to demonstrate their capabilities and experience. Include lists of completed projects with project names and addresses, names and addresses of architects and owners, and other information specified.

B. Certificates: Submit certificate signed by land surveyor certifying that location and elevation of improvements comply with requirements.

C. Landfill Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landfill facility, licensed to accept hazardous materials, for hazardous waste disposal.

D. Final Property Survey: Submit 10 copies showing the Work performed and record survey data.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Land Surveyor Qualifications: A professional land surveyor who is legally qualified to practice in jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing land-surveying services of the kind indicated.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)

Page 70: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01700 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of site improvements, utilities, and other construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning work, investigate and verify the existence and location of mechanical and electrical systems and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and points of connection of utility services.

B. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work. 1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of

sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services.

2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving Project site.

C. Acceptance of Conditions: Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer or Applicator present where indicated, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance. Record observations. 1. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing

finishes or primers. 2. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of

connections before equipment and fixture installation. 3. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are

to be installed. 4. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Proceeding with the Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility and Owner’s Representative that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Existing Utility Interruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by University or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary utility services according to requirements indicated: 1. Notify Architect and Owner’s Representative not less than two days in advance of

proposed utility interruptions. 2. Do not proceed with utility interruptions without Architect's and Owner’s Representative’s

written permission.

C. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly. Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.

D. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.

Page 71: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01700 - 3

E. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to Architect. Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for changing the Contract Documents.

3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify Architect and Owner’s Representative promptly.

B. General: Engage a land surveyor to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices. 1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of

construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project. 2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain

required dimensions. 3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply. 4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses. 5. Notify Architect and Owner’s Representative when deviations from required lines and

levels exceed allowable tolerances. 6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established

by authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.

D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.

E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by Architect and Owner’s Representative.

3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING

A. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations. 1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written

approval of Architect and Owner’s Representative. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect and Owner’s Representative before proceeding.

2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.

B. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark. 1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record

Documents.

Page 72: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01700 - 4

2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.

3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.

C. Final Property Survey: Prepare a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey. 1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing

improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a site corner to a legal point.

3.5 INSTALLATION

A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated. 1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level. 2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance

and ease of removal for replacement. 3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.

C. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.

D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.

E. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.

F. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work. 1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at

heights directed by Architect. 2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.

G. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.

H. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered hazardous.

3.6 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked. Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully. 1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and

debris. 2. Do not hold materials more than 7 days during normal weather or 3 days if the

temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F.

Page 73: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01700 - 5

3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.

B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.

C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work. 1. Remove liquid spills promptly. 2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the

entire work area, as appropriate.

D. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.

E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.

F. Exposed Surfaces: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

G. Cutting and Patching: Clean areas and spaces where cutting and patching are performed. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and similar materials. 1. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other

finishing materials. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

H. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted. Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.

I. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Substantial Completion.

J. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

K. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.

3.7 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION

A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.

3.8 CORRECTION OF THE WORK

A. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." 1. Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up

with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.

Page 74: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXECUTION REQUIREMENTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01700 - 6

B. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.

C. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.

D. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.

E. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.

END OF SECTION 01700

Page 75: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CUTTING AND PATCHING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01731 - 1

SECTION 01731 - CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedural requirements for cutting and patching.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific requirements and limitations applicable to

cutting and patching individual parts of the Work.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Removal of existing construction necessary to permit installation or performance of other Work.

B. Patching: Fitting and repair work required to restore surfaces to original conditions after installation of other Work.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Miscellaneous Elements: Do not cut and patch elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety.

B. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch construction in a manner that results in visual evidence of cutting and patching. Do not cut and patch construction exposed on the exterior or in occupied spaces in a manner that would, in Architect's opinion, reduce the building's aesthetic qualities. Remove and replace construction that has been cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner. 1. If possible, retain original Installer or fabricator to cut and patch exposed Work. If it is

impossible to engage original Installer or fabricator, engage another recognized, experienced, and specialized firm.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. General: Comply with requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications.

B. Existing Materials: Use materials identical to existing materials. For exposed surfaces, use materials that visually match existing adjacent surfaces to the fullest extent possible. 1. If identical materials are unavailable or cannot be used, use materials that, when

installed, will match the visual and functional performance of existing materials.

Page 76: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CUTTING AND PATCHING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01731 - 2

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under which cutting and patching are to be performed. 1. Compatibility: Before patching, verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates,

including compatibility with existing finishes or primers. 2. Proceed with installation only after unsafe or unsatisfactory conditions have been

corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Protection: Protect existing construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting and patching operations. 1. Limit dust, dirt, and noise dispersal to lowest practicable level. Comply with governing

regulations regarding environmental hazards and general dust control. Notify the Owner’s Representative of possible exposure to harmful dusts and vapors, flammable or explosive materials, and other potential hazards.

B. Existing Services: Where existing services are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services before cutting to avoid interruption of services to occupied areas.

3.3 PERFORMANCE

A. General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay. 1. Cut existing construction to provide for installation of other components or performance of

other construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.

B. Cutting: Cut existing construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or adjoining construction. If possible, review proposed procedures with original Installer; comply with original Installer's written recommendations. 1. In general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not

hammering and chopping. Cut holes and slots as small as possible, neatly to size required, and with minimum disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.

2. Existing Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.

3. Concrete and/or Masonry: Cut using a cutting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core drill.

4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Division 2 Sections where required by cutting and patching operations.

5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture or other foreign matter after cutting.

6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cutting are complete.

Page 77: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CUTTING AND PATCHING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01731 - 3

C. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following performance of other Work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections of these Specifications. 1. Patch to match existing adjacent materials. 2. Inspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to

demonstrate integrity of installation. 3. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish

restoration into retained adjoining construction in a manner that will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

END OF SECTION 01731

Page 78: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CUTTING AND PATCHING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01731 - 4

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 79: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01770 - 1

SECTION 01770 - CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not limited to, the following: 1. Inspection procedures. 2. Project Record Documents. 3. Final cleaning.

B. Related Sections include the following: 1. Division 1 Section "Execution Requirements" for progress cleaning of Project site. 2. Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific closeout and special cleaning requirements

for products of those Sections.

C. The administration of the closeout submittals including, but not limited to, Project Record Documents and Operation and Maintenance Manuals shall be an ongoing development throughout the entire project by the Contractor which will be monitored on a regular basis by the Architect and Owner’s Representative.

D. Pre Final Inspection Meeting: There shall be a meeting a minimum of 30 days before Final Inspection with Architect/Engineer, representative of the Department of Environmental Health and Safety, representative of the University Building Code Division, User Representative, Owner’s Representative, and any others the Owner’s Representative deems necessary.

E. Two months before expiration of the one-year correction period the Architect/Engineer will conduct a walk through and provide a written summary of findings and recommendations for the Contractor to correct.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. The Contractor shall assemble and submit as one package the following before making application for final payment: 1. Executed current Change Log. 2. Consent of Surety. 3. Documentation that Contractor returned University keys and access cards. 4. Documentation that Contractor returned signs reading, “Construction Staging Area,

Vehicle Permit Required, Violators Will be Tagged and Towed.” 5. Documentation that the Punchlist is complete. 6. Executed Certificate of Occupancy. 7. Executed TGB Total Payment Affidavit. 8. Executed TGB Verification of Completed Work Affidavit. 9. Executed Prevailing Wage Payment Affidavit. 10. Evidence of Completed Operations Liability insurance coverage during the one-year

correction period. 11. Waste manifests, TCLP (Toxicity Characteristic Leachate Procedure), and OSHA

monitoring results for asbestos or lead, as required by the Contract Documents. 12. Project Record Documents.

Page 80: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01770 - 2

B. Final payment will not be made to the Contractor until the record documents and the Maintenance and Operating Manuals are received and approved in writing by the University.

C. The Environmental Hygiene Officer (EHO) will approve and return an executed certificate of pesticide application to the Contractor for inclusion in the final closeout documents.

D. Complete Utility Meter Report (see attached) and return to the Owner’s Representative and Facilities Management Energy Accounting, 300 Donhowe Building, 14 days prior to the activation, termination, or change in payment responsibility of a utility service. The completed form establishes the dates of the Contractor’s responsibility to pay for the monthly charges for the utilities during the construction period. Contractor shall complete a separate form for each type of utility service.

1.4 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request. 1. Prepare a list of items to be completed and corrected (punch list), the value of items on

the list, and reasons why the Work is not complete. 2. Advise University of pending insurance changeover requirements. 3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final

certifications, and similar documents. 4. Obtain and submit releases permitting University unrestricted use of the Work and

access to services and utilities. Include occupancy permits, operating certificates, and similar releases.

5. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Final Completion construction photographs, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.

6. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by University. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.

7. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.

8. Advise University of changeover in heat and other utilities. 9. Submit changeover information related to University's occupancy, use, operation, and

maintenance. 10. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting. 11. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual

defects.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection for Substantial Completion. On receipt of request, Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Contractor of items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect/Engineer that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected. 2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for Final Completion.

1.5 FINAL COMPLETION

A. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting final inspection for determining date of Final Completion, complete the following: 1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Supplementary Conditions.

Page 81: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01770 - 3

2. Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect/Engineer. The certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance.

3. Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance requirements.

B. Inspection: Submit a written request for final inspection for acceptance. On receipt of request, Architect/Engineer and Owner’s Representative will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements. Architect will prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued. 1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as

incomplete is completed or corrected.

1.6 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)

A. Preparation: Submit three copies of list. Include name and identification of each space and area affected by construction operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by Contractor that are outside the limits of construction. 1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order, starting with exterior areas first and

proceeding from lowest floor to highest floor. 2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,

individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems. 3. Include the following information at the top of each page:

a. Project name. b. Date. c. Name of Architect. d. Owner’s Representative. e. Name of Contractor. f. Page number.

1.7 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. General: Do not use Project Record Documents for construction purposes. Protect Project Record Documents from deterioration and loss. Provide access to Project Record Documents for Architect's and Owner’s Representative’s reference during normal working hours.

B. The Contractor shall maintain a set of Contract Documents at the site, on which variations shall be accurately marked with red erasable pencil on a daily basis. All changes, whether resulting from change orders, Architect’s supplementary instructions, Contractor change directives, or other job noted changes, shall be recorded. The Architect/Engineer will periodically verify that this is being done satisfactorily.

C. Record Drawings: Maintain and submit one set of blue- or black-line white prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. 1. Mark Record Prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that

shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or entity is Installer, subcontractor, or similar entity, to prepare the marked-up Record Prints. a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that cannot be

readily identified and recorded later. b. Accurately record information in an understandable drawing technique. c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it. Record and check the markup

before enclosing concealed installations.

Page 82: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01770 - 4

d. Mark Contract Drawings or Shop Drawings, whichever is most capable of showing actual physical conditions, completely and accurately. Where Shop Drawings are marked, show cross-reference on Contract Drawings.

2. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between changes for different categories of the Work at the same location.

3. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original Drawings.

4. Note Change Order numbers, alternate numbers, and similar identification where applicable.

5. Identify and date each Record Drawing; include the designation "PROJECT RECORD DRAWING" in a prominent location. Organize into manageable sets; bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. Print the University Project Number and Name, and drawing numbers and titles on the cover sheet.

D. Provide one mylar original or mylar sepia of Record Drawings to Facilities Management Engineering Records, Room 50, Donhowe Building. Provide two hard copy sets of the Record Drawings to the University Zone office. Provide a copy of the transmittal letters to the Owner’s Representative.

E. Record Specifications: Maintain a clean, undamaged, complete set of the Project Specifications to use as the Project record documents. Submit three copies of Project's Specifications, including addenda and contract modifications (one copy to Facilities Management Engineering Records and two copies to the University Zone office). Mark copy to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications. 1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that

cannot be readily identified and recorded later. 2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and

equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected. 3. Note related Change Orders and Record Drawings, where applicable.

F. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS

A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 FINAL CLEANING

A. General: Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. 1. The entire project area shall be cleaned immediately prior to final inspection. 2. When punch list work generates dust and debris, an additional cleaning will be needed

prior to occupancy.

Page 83: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01770 - 5

B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification

of Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a portion of Project: a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,

including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.

b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.

c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.

d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project site.

e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building. f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition,

free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.

g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including tunnels, pipe spaces, crawl spaces, equipment vaults, manholes, and similar spaces.

h. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.

i. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.

C. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests. Prepare a report.

D. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on University's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project site and dispose of lawfully.

END OF SECTION 01770

Page 84: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 01770 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 85: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02070 - 1

SECTION 02070 - SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Demolition and removal of existing building components as indicated on Drawings.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching" for cutting and patching procedures. 2. Division 7 Section “Preparation for Re-Roofing” for roof tear-off.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and salvaged or removed and reinstalled.

B. Remove and Salvage: Carefully detach from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and deliver to Owner ready for reuse.

C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.

D. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not to be permanently removed and that are not otherwise indicated to be removed, removed and salvaged, or removed and reinstalled.

1.4 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor.

1.5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Inspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished. 2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure. 3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials,

demolition personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by selective demolition operations.

5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Proposed Protection Measures: Submit report, including drawings, that indicates the measures proposed for protecting individuals and property. Indicate proposed locations and construction of barriers.

Page 86: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02070 - 2

B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: Indicate the following: 1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending

dates for each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are uninterrupted. 2. Interruption of utility services. Indicate how long utility services will be interrupted. 3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services. 4. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of

Owner's partial occupancy of completed Work.

C. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Submit before Work begins.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Owner will occupy portions of building immediately adjacent to selective demolition area. Conduct selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be disrupted.

B. Protect building, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from demolition operations.

C. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.

D. Weather Limitations: Proceed with demolition work only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building.

E. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as practical.

F. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with selective demolition.

G. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. 2. If suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify

Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

H. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.

I. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage during selective demolition operations. 1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PEFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Standards: Comply with ANSI/ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241.

Page 87: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02070 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.

B. Review record documents of existing construction provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as those indicated in record documents.

C. Survey existing conditions and correlate with requirements indicated to determine extent of selective demolition required.

D. When unanticipated mechanical, electrical, or structural elements that conflict with intended function or design are encountered, investigate and measure the nature and extent of conflict. Promptly submit a written report to Architect.

E. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent structures during selective building demolition operations.

F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or preconstruction videotapes.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and used facilities. 1. Comply with requirements for access and protection specified in Division 1 Section

"Temporary Facilities and Controls."

B. Temporary Facilities: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain. 1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area

and to and from occupied portions of building. 2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of

existing construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to structure and interior areas.

3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed during selective demolition operations.

4. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain.

C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished. 1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.

Page 88: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02070 - 4

3.3 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION, GENERAL

A. General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations and as follows: 1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete

selective demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next lower level.

2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping, to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings to remain.

3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid marring existing finished surfaces.

4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations.

5. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches. 6. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and

promptly dispose of off-site. 7. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid

free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation. 8. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to

impose excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing. 9. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.

B. Removed and Salvaged Items: 1. Clean salvaged items. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. Identify contents of containers. 3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner. 4. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.

C. Removed and Reinstalled Items: 1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse. 2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. Identify contents of containers. 3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage. 4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new

materials and equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item functional for use indicated.

D. Existing Items to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected storage location during selective demolition and reinstalled in their original locations after selective demolition operations are complete.

3.4 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS

A. General: Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, salvaged, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, remove demolished materials from Project site. 1. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces

and areas.

Page 89: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02070 - 5

3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey debris to grade level in a controlled descent.

B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.

C. Disposal: Transport demolished materials off Owner's property and legally dispose of them.

3.5 CLEANING

A. Clean adjacent structures and improvements of dust, dirt, and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to condition existing before selective demolition operations began.

END OF SECTION 02070

Page 90: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SELECTIVE DEMOLITION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02070 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 91: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SITE RESTORATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02950 - 1

SECTION 02950 - SITE RESTORATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. Repair and/or replace areas of the site damaged during the project including landscaping, sidewalks, curbs, pavements, and site furnishings.

B. Repairs shall, as a minimum standard, be equal to or exceed the condition which existed prior to the start of the work under this contract.

C. Coordinate repairs with the work of all other trades.

1.3 SUBMITTALS

A. See Section 01330 “Submittal Procedures” for submittal procedures.

B. Submit statement of restoration work required. 1. Description of work. 2. Location and quantity of work. 3. Materials and standards for workmanship. 4. Schedule of operations.

C. Approval of this statement will not constitute approval of methods or materials. Such approval will not be granted until work is installed and fully cured.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Company specializing in performing the work of this Section with minimum two years of experience.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 LANDSCAPING

A. Lawns shall be restored by sodding to match the existing type of grass. Replacement sod shall receive prior approval from the Owner.

B. Plant materials shall be replaced with the same species and size as plant being replaced.

C. Landscape rock, poly sheets, plaster edge restraints shall be replaced to match existing.

Page 92: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SITE RESTORATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 02950 - 2

2.2 PAVING AND SURFACING

A. Replacement of damaged paving, walks, curbs, and other surfacing on the site shall match the adjacent material, including color, shape, and texture.

2.3 SITE FURNISHINGS

A. Site furnishings damaged during construction operations shall be replaced in kind.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 LANDSCAPING

A. Prior to placement of new lawn material, the area shall be graded to match adjacent areas with a minimum of 6 inches of top soil scarified to a depth of 2-3 inches. Topsoil shall receive prior approval from the Owner.

B. Areas to receive seed shall be prepared, fertilized, protected, and maintained until germination.

C. Planting shall be set in appropriate pits, backfilled, mulched, guyed, staked, or otherwise protected.

3.2 PAVING AND SURFACING

A. Means and methods for the installation of replacement pavings, walks, curbs, and other surfacing shall match existing conditions in size, materials, and workmanship.

END OF SECTION 02950

Page 93: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 1

SECTION 04813 - BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Face brick. 2. Mortar and grout. 3. Ties and anchors. 4. Embedded flashing. 5. Miscellaneous masonry accessories. 6. Cavity-wall insulation.

B. Section includes removal of existing face brick and temporary support of existing wall.

C. Related Sections: 1. Division 2 Section “Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning.” 2. Division 5 Section “Metal Fabrications” for furnishing steel lintels for brick masonry. 3. Division 7 Section “Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.”

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: For the following: 1. Masonry Units: Show sizes, profiles, coursing, and locations of special shapes. 2. Fabricated Flashing: Detail corner units, end-dam units, and other special applications.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: 1. Face brick, in the form of straps of five or more bricks. 2. Colored mortar.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type and color of the following: 1. Face brick, in the form of straps of five or more bricks. 2. Pigmented and colored-aggregate mortar. Make Samples using same sand and mortar

ingredients to be used on Project. 3. Weeps. 4. Accessories embedded in masonry.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. List of Materials Used in Constructing Sample Panels: List generic product names together with manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, model numbers, lot numbers, batch numbers, source of supply, and other information as required to identify materials used. Include mix proportions for mortar and grout and source of aggregates. 1. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of Sample Panels

constitutes approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specifically brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing.

Page 94: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 2

B. Material Certificates: For each type and size of the following: 1. Masonry units.

a. Include data on material properties. b. For brick, include size-variation data verifying that actual range of sizes falls within

specified tolerances. c. For exposed brick, include test report for efflorescence according to ASTM C 67.

2. Cementitious materials. Include brand, type, and name of manufacturer. 3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 4. Grout mixes. Include description of type and proportions of ingredients. 5. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories.

C. Cold-Weather and Hot-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment to be used to comply with requirements.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single manufacturer for each product required.

B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single source or producer for each aggregate.

C. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents.

D. Sample Panels: Build sample panels to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects. 1. Build sample panels for each type of exposed unit masonry construction in sizes

approximately 48 inches long by 24 inches high. 2. Where masonry is to match existing, erect panels adjacent and parallel to existing

surface. 3. Clean exposed faces of panels with masonry cleaner indicated. 4. Protect approved sample panels from the elements with weather-resistant membrane. 5. Approval of sample panels is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units;

relationship of mortar and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; aesthetic qualities of workmanship; and other material and construction qualities specifically approved by Architect in writing. a. Approval of sample panels does not constitute approval of deviations from the

Contract Documents contained in sample panels unless such deviations are specifically approved by Architect in writing.

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. If units are not stored in an enclosed location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. If units become wet, do not install until they are dry.

B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.

C. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.

Page 95: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 3

D. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent corrosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.

1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in progress. 1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls and hold cover securely

in place. 2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes,

secure cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place.

B. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or painted. Immediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry. 1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splatter by spreading

coverings on ground and over wall surface. 2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings. 3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and

integral finishes, from mortar droppings. 4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from

splashing mortar and dirt onto completed masonry.

C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost. Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602. 1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40

deg F and higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing cleaning.

D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENERAL

A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such defects will be exposed in the completed Work.

2.2 BRICK

A. General: Provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching finish and color of exposed faces of adjacent units. 1. For ends of sills and caps and for similar applications that would otherwise expose

unfinished brick surfaces, provide units without cores or frogs and with exposed surfaces finished.

2. Provide special shapes for applications where stretcher units cannot accommodate special conditions, including those at corners, movement joints, bond beams, sashes, and lintels.

Page 96: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 4

3. Provide special shapes for applications requiring brick of size, form, color, and texture on exposed surfaces that cannot be produced by sawing.

4. Provide special shapes for applications where shapes produced by sawing would result in sawed surfaces being exposed to view.

B. Face Brick: Facing brick complying with ASTM C 216. 1. Products: Match existing. 2. Grade: SW. 3. Type: FBX. 4. Application: Use where brick is exposed unless otherwise indicated. 5. Where shown to "match existing," provide face brick matching color range, texture, and

size of existing adjacent brickwork.

2.3 MORTAR MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or II, except Type III may be used for cold-weather construction. Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.

B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other ingredients.

D. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides and chromium oxides, compounded for use in mortar mixes and complying with ASTM C 979. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortar. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Davis Colors; True Tone Mortar Colors. b. Lanxess Corporation; Bayferrox Iron Oxide Pigments. c. Solomon Colors, Inc.; SGS Mortar Colors.

E. Colored Cement Product: Packaged blend made from portland cement and hydrated lime and mortar pigments, all complying with specified requirements, and containing no other ingredients. 1. Colored Portland Cement-Lime Mix:

a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Capital Materials Corporation; Riverton Portland Cement Lime Custom

Color. 2) Holcim (US) Inc.; Rainbow Mortamix Custom Color Cement/Lime. 3) Lafarge North America Inc.; Eaglebond Portland & Lime. 4) Lehigh Cement Company; Lehigh Custom Color Portland/Lime Cement.

2. Formulate blend as required to produce color indicated or, if not indicated, as selected from manufacturer's standard colors.

3. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight.

F. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144. 1. For mortar that is exposed to view, use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or

crushed stone. 2. For joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the

No. 16 sieve. 3. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone. 4. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to

produce required mortar color.

Page 97: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 5

G. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with ASTM C 494, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of composition indicated. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80. b. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset. c. Sonneborn Products, BASF Aktiengesellschaft; Trimix-NCA.

2.4 REINFORCEMENT

A. General: ASTM A 951 and as follows: 1. Hot-dip galvanized, carbon-steel wire. 2. Wire Size of Veneer Ties: 3/16-inch diameter

2.5 TIES AND ANCHORS, GENERAL

A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply with the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82; with ASTM A 153, Class B-2

coating.

B. Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway through veneer but with at least 5/8-inch cover on outside face. Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2 inches parallel to face of veneer.

2.6 ADJUSTABLE MASONRY-VENEER ANCHORS

A. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and as follows: 1. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100-lbf load in both

tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch.

B. Screw-Attached, Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor section. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Stainless steel Adjustable

Speed-Set Veneer Anchors D/A 5213 with brass expansion sleeve anchor.

2.7 EMBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS

A. Metal Flashing: Install metal flashing as specified in Section 07620 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" and as follows: 1. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12

feet. Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing. 2. Fabricate through-wall metal flashing embedded in masonry from stainless steel, with ribs

at 3-inch intervals along length of flashing to provide an integral mortar bond.

B. Flexible Flashing: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable,

adhesive rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch.

Page 98: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 6

a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1) Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing; CCW-705-TWF Thru-Wall Flashing. 2) Protecto Wrap; SafSeal Systems PWC - 6634.

b. Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and seaming materials produced by flashing manufacturer.

C. Termination Bar: 1/16-inch x 1-inch stainless steel with pre-drilled holes 6 inches on-center. Holes shall be no more than 1 inches from end of termination bar.

D. Thru-wall and stainless steel flashings securement anchors shall be at 12 inches on center. 1. Product: Powers Nylon Nailin, No. 2548, 1/4-inch x 1/2-inch long, nylon sleeves with

Type 304 stainless steel nails. Ends of terminations shall be secured within 1 inch of ends.

E. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and to substrates.

2.8 MISCELLANEOUS MASONRY ACCESSORIES

A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene, urethane, or PVC.

B. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D 226, Type I (No. 15 asphalt felt).

C. Weep/Vent Products: Use the following unless otherwise indicated: 1. Wicking Material: Absorbent rope, made from cotton, 1/4 to 3/8 inch in diameter, in

length required to produce 2-inch exposure on exterior and 18 inches in cavity. Use only for weeps.

2.9 CAVITY WALL INSULATION

A. Extruded-Polystyrene Board Insulation: ASTM C 578, of type and minimum compressive strength indicated below, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Dow Chemical Company (The). b. Owens Corning.

2. Type IV, 25 psi.

2.10 MASONRY CLEANERS

A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar/grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from new masonry without discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces. Use product expressly approved for intended use by cleaner manufacturer and manufacturer of masonry units being cleaned. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Diedrich Technologies, Inc.

Page 99: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 7

b. EaCo Chem, Inc. c. ProSoCo, Inc.

2.11 MORTAR MIXES

A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders, water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures unless otherwise indicated. 1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar. 2. Use portland cement-lime mortar unless otherwise indicated. 3. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to

view, regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.

B. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Specification. Provide Type N unless another type is indicated.

C. Pigmented Mortar: Use colored cement product. 1. Pigments shall not exceed 10 percent of portland cement by weight. 2. Mix to match existing mortar. 3. Application: Use pigmented mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following units:

a. Face brick.

D. Colored-Aggregate Mortar: Produce required mortar color by using colored aggregates and natural color or white cement as necessary to produce required mortar color. 1. Mix to match existing mortar. 2. Application: Use colored aggregate mortar for exposed mortar joints with the following

units: a. Face brick.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Carefully remove necessary face brick units to accomplish through wall flashing installation. Remove in a manner to prevent damage to adjacent remaining materials. Shore and brace to prevent movement, collapse, or settlement of masonry to remain.

3.3 BRICK REMOVAL AND REPLACEMENT

A. At locations indicated, remove bricks that are damaged, spalled, or deteriorated. Carefully demolish or remove entire units from joint to joint, without damaging surrounding masonry, in a manner that permits replacement with full-size units. 1. When removing single bricks, remove material from center of brick and work toward

outside edges.

B. Support and protect remaining masonry that surrounds removal area. Maintain flashing, reinforcement, lintels, and adjoining construction in an undamaged condition.

Page 100: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 8

C. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids, cracks, bulges, and loose units in existing masonry backup, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.

D. Clean bricks surrounding removal areas by removing mortar, dust, and loose particles in preparation for replacement.

E. Install replacement brick into bonding and coursing pattern of existing brick. If cutting is required, use a motor-driven saw designed to cut masonry with clean, sharp, unchipped edges. 1. Maintain joint width for replacement units to match existing joints. 2. Use setting buttons or shims to set units accurately spaced with uniform joints.

F. Lay replacement brick with completely filled bed, head, and collar joints. Butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Wet both replacement and surrounding bricks that have ASTM C 67 initial rates of absorption (suction) of more than 30 sq. in. per min. Use wetting methods that ensure that units are nearly saturated but surface is dry when laid. 1. Rake out mortar used for laying brick before mortar sets and point new mortar joints in

repaired area to comply with requirements for repointing existing masonry, and at same time as repointing of surrounding area.

2. When mortar is sufficiently hard to support units, remove shims and other devices interfering with pointing of joints.

3.4 THROUGH-WALL FLASHING

A. Remove brick courses as indicated. Provide shoring of the remaining masonry as necessary to avoid deflection/settling of masonry wall above.

B. Remove excess mortar and patch holes, voids, or spalls on the concrete block back-up wall to provide a smooth a dry substrate to receive the through-wall flashing.

C. Remove dust, dirt, debris, grease, oils, and other contaminants.

D. Install flashing and mastic in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

E. Coat concrete block back-up wall with mastic for the entire vertical leg of the flashing from the bottom of the flashing to slightly beyond the top edge of the flashing.

F. Fully embed layer of through-wall flashing membrane in mastic, with lower edge extending over roof base flashing as indicated on the Drawings. Fasten with termination bar masonry anchored at 6 inches on-center. Coat termination bar with mastic.

G. Install brick ties at 16 inches on-center horizontally and cover plates with mastic as indicated.

H. Rope wicks shall extend through brick and run 16 inches horizontally in cavity, extend up to and be tied to brick ties.

I. Fold flashing corners. Turn flashing up 2 inches minimum at terminations and install mastic to provide end dams. Provide minimum 6-inch laps to adjacent flashing pieces. Seal flashing laps with mastic.

J. Upon inspection and approval of flashing by Architect, install brick ties, rope weeps, and insulation at spacings indicated on the Drawings.

K. Install metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2 inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge. 1. Form metal drip edge as indicated on Drawings.

Page 101: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 9

L. Install brick over through-wall flashing.

3.5 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment, complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening.

B. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. If cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges. Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. Install cut units with cut surfaces and, where possible, cut edges concealed.

C. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures. 1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed.

D. Matching Existing Masonry: Match coursing, bonding, color, and texture of existing masonry.

E. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 g/30 sq. in. per minute when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying.

3.6 TOLERANCES

A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements: 1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or

minus 1/4 inch. 2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or

minus 1/2 inch. 3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or

minus 1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.

B. Lines and Levels: 1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4

inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary

from level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet,

3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum. 4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, door jambs, reveals, and

expansion and control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.

7. For faces of adjacent exposed masonry units, do not vary from flush alignment by more than 1/16 inch except due to warpage of masonry units within tolerances specified for warpage of units.

C. Joints: 1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch,

with a maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch; do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8 inch.

Page 102: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 10

2. For exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed-joint and head-joint thicknesses by more than 1/8 inch.

3. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the next.

3.7 LAYING MASONRY WALLS

A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-than-half-size units, particularly at corners, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations.

B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in bond pattern to match existing; do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.

C. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course below; do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry.

D. Built-in Work: As construction progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in solidly with masonry around built-in items.

E. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.

3.8 MORTAR BEDDING AND JOINTING

A. Lay hollow brick as follows: 1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints. 2. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on

footings.

B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.

C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness unless otherwise indicated.

3.9 CAVITY WALLS

A. Installing Cavity-Wall Insulation: Place small dabs of adhesive, spaced approximately 12 inches o.c. both ways, on inside face of insulation boards, or attach with plastic fasteners designed for this purpose. Fit courses of insulation between wall ties and other confining obstructions in cavity, with edges butted tightly both ways. Press units firmly against inside wythe of masonry or other construction as shown. 1. Fill cracks and open gaps in insulation with crack sealer compatible with insulation and

masonry.

3.10 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS

A. Anchor masonry veneers to backup with masonry-veneer anchors to comply with the following requirements:

Page 103: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 11

1. Fasten anchors to backup with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two fasteners unless anchor design only uses one fastener.

2. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. 3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and

down. 4. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 18 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches

o.c. horizontally, with not less than 1 anchor for each 2 sq. ft. of wall area. Install additional anchors within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 8 inches, around perimeter.

3.11 EXPANSION JOINTS

A. General: Install expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not allow materials to span expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or partition movement.

B. Form expansion joints in brick as follows: 1. Match existing.

3.12 LINTELS

A. Install steel lintels where indicated.

B. Provide minimum bearing of 8 inches at each jamb unless otherwise indicated.

3.13 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING

A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or that do not match adjoining units. Install new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar, pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.

B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat, uniform appearance. Prepare joints for sealant application, where indicated.

C. In-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins and smears before tooling joints.

D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows: 1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape

hoes or chisels. 2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for

comparison purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of masonry.

3. Protect adjacent stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape.

4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing surfaces thoroughly with clear water.

5. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in "BIA Technical Notes 20."

6. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 104: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BRICK MASONRY ASSEMBLIES

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04813 - 12

7. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of stain on exposed surfaces.

3.14 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL

A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractor's property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Project site.

B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 04813

Page 105: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 1

SECTION 04901 - CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Extent of masonry restoration work is indicated on drawings and in schedules.

B. Masonry restoration work includes the following: 1. Cleaning exposed brick unit masonry surfaces. 2. Repointing mortar joints with mortar. 3. Repointing mortar joints with mortar and sealant. 4. Final Cleaning.

C. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Cutting and Patching." 2. Division 2 Section “Selective Demolition.” 3. Division 4 Section “Brick Masonry Assemblies.”

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Very Low-Pressure Spray: Under 100 psi.

B. Low-Pressure Spray: 100 to 400 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.

C. Medium-Pressure Spray: 400 to 800 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.

D. High-Pressure Spray: 800 to 1200 psi; 4 to 6 gpm.

E. Saturation Coefficient: Ratio of the weight of water absorbed during immersion in cold water to weight absorbed during immersion in boiling water; used as an indication of resistance of masonry units to freezing and thawing.

1.4 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING

A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on masonry units as follows. 1. Existing Mortar: Test according to ASTM C 295, modified as agreed by testing service

and Architect for Project requirements, to determine proportional composition of original ingredients, sizes and colors of aggregates, and approximate strength. Use X-ray diffraction, infrared spectroscopy, and differential thermal analysis as necessary to supplement microscopical methods. Carefully remove existing mortar from within joints at two locations for brick mortar joint, as designated by Architect.

1.5 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include recommendations for application and use. Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements.

Page 106: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 2

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For the following: 1. Pointing Mortar: Submit sets of mortar for pointing in the form of sample mortar strips, 6

inches long by existing joint width, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Have each set contain a close color range of at least three Samples of different

mixes of colored sands and cements that produce a mortar matching the cleaned masonry when cured and dry.

b. Submit with precise measurements on ingredients, proportions, gradations, and sources of colored sands from which each Sample was made.

2. Include similar Samples of accessories involving color selection.

C. Samples: Submit, for verification purposes, prior to mock-up erection, samples of the following: 1. Each type of sand used for pointing mortar; minimum 1 lb of each in plastic screw-top

jars. a. For blended sands, provide Samples of each component and blend. b. Identify sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand.

2. Each type, color, and texture of pointing mortar in the form of sample mortar strips, 6 inches long by existing joint width, set in aluminum or plastic channels. a. Include with each Sample a list of ingredients with proportions of each. Identify

sources, both supplier and quarry, of each type of sand and brand names of cementitious materials and pigments if any.

3. Each type of chemical cleaning material to be tested in an inconspicuous surface location.

D. Quality-Control Program.

E. Restoration Program.

F. Cleaning Program.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Restoration Specialist: Engage an experienced masonry restoration and cleaning firm to provide training and supervision of Work. 1. Field Supervision: Contractor shall maintain experienced full-time supervisors on Project

site during times that clay masonry restoration and cleaning work is in progress. Supervisors shall not be changed during Project except for causes beyond the control of restoration specialist firm.

2. Restoration Worker Qualifications: Persons who are experienced and specialize in restoration work of types they will be performing. When masonry units are being patched, assign at least one worker among those performing patching work who is trained and certified by manufacturer of patching compound to apply its products.

B. Chemical-Cleaner Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm regularly engaged in producing masonry cleaners that have been used for similar applications with successful results, and with factory-trained representatives who are available for consultation and Project-site inspection and assistance at no additional cost.

C. Cleaning and Repair Appearance Standard: Cleaned and repaired surfaces are to have a uniform appearance as viewed from 20 feet away by Architect. Perform additional paint and stain removal, general cleaning, and spot cleaning of small areas that are noticeably different, so that surface blends smoothly into surrounding areas.

D. Mockups: Prepare mockups of restoration and cleaning to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution and for fabrication and installation.

Page 107: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 3

1. Cleaning: Cleaning mock-up was prepared as a part of the Pre-Construction Investigative Testing / Selective Demolition work.

2. Repointing: Rake out joints in 2 separate areas, each approximately 36 inches high by 48 inches wide for each type of repointing required and repoint one of the areas.

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

4. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review methods and procedures related to masonry restoration and cleaning including,

but not limited to, the following: a. Construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, equipment, and facilities

needed to make progress and avoid delays. b. Materials, material application, sequencing, tolerances, and required clearances.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver materials to Project site in manufacturer's original and unopened containers, labeled with manufacturer's name and type of products.

B. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use cementitious materials that have become damp.

C. Store hydrated lime in manufacturer's original and unopened containers. Discard lime if containers have been damaged or have been opened for more than two days.

D. Store sand where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and contamination avoided.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit masonry restoration and cleaning work to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and specified requirements.

B. Repoint mortar joints only when air temperature is between 40 and 90 deg F and is predicted to remain so for at least 7 days after completion of the Work unless otherwise indicated.

C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Comply with the following procedures for mortar-joint pointing unless otherwise indicated: 1. When air temperature is below 40 deg F, heat mortar ingredients, masonry repair

materials, and existing masonry walls to produce temperatures between 40 and 120 deg F.

2. When mean daily air temperature is below 40 deg F, provide enclosure and heat to maintain temperatures above 32 deg F within the enclosure for 7 days after repair and pointing.

D. Hot-Weather Requirements: Protect mortar-joint pointing when temperature and humidity conditions produce excessive evaporation of water from mortar and repair materials. Provide artificial shade and wind breaks and use cooled materials as required to minimize evaporation. Do not apply mortar to substrates with temperatures of 90 deg F and above unless otherwise indicated.

Page 108: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 4

E. For manufactured repair materials, perform work within the environmental limits set by each manufacturer.

F. Clean masonry surfaces only when air temperature is 40 deg F and above and is predicted to remain so for at least 7 days after completion of cleaning.

1.9 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING

A. Order replacement materials at earliest possible date to avoid delaying completion of the Work.

B. Order sand and gray portland cement for pointing mortar immediately after approval of mockups. Take delivery of and store at Project site a sufficient quantity to complete Project.

C. Perform masonry restoration work in the following sequence: 1. Inspect for open mortar joints and repair before cleaning to prevent the intrusion of water

and other cleaning materials into the wall. 2. Clean masonry surfaces. 3. Rake out mortar from joints to be repointed. 4. Point mortar and sealant joints. 5. After repairs and repointing have been completed and cured, perform a final cleaning to

remove residues from this work.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MORTAR MATERIALS

A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or Type II, white or gray, or both, where required for color matching of exposed mortar. 1. Provide cement containing not more than 0.60 percent total alkali when tested according

to ASTM C 114.

B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.

C. Mortar Sand: ASTM C 144 unless otherwise indicated. 1. Color: Provide natural sand or ground marble, granite, or other sound stone of color

necessary to produce required mortar color. 2. For pointing mortar, provide sand with rounded edges. 3. Match size, texture, and gradation of existing mortar sand as closely as possible. Blend

several sands if necessary to achieve suitable match.

D. Mortar Pigments: Natural and synthetic iron oxides, compounded for mortar mixes. Use only pigments with a record of satisfactory performance in masonry mortars.

E. Water: Potable.

2.2 CLEANING MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT

A. Water: Potable.

B. Hot Water: Water heated to a temperature of 140 to 160 deg F.

C. Job-Mixed Detergent Solution: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium polyphosphate, 1/2 cup of laundry detergent, and 20 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.

Page 109: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 5

D. Job-Mixed Mold, Mildew, and Algae Remover: Solution prepared by mixing 2 cups of tetrasodium polyphosphate, 5 quarts of 5 percent sodium hypochlorite (bleach), and 15 quarts of hot water for every 5 gal. of solution required.

E. Brick Masonry Cleaners: 1. Alkaline Prewash Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard alkaline cleaner for prewash

applications only which are followed by acidic cleaner of type indicated for afterwash. a. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide "Sure Klean 766

Prewash"; ProSoCo, Inc. 2. Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard and heavy duty strength acidic masonry

restoration cleaner composed of hydroflouric acid blended with other acids including trace of phosphoric acid and combined with special wetting systems and inhibitors. a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following: "Sure

Klean Light Duty Restoration Cleaner"; ProSoCo, Inc.

F. Brushes: Fiber bristle only.

G. Spray Equipment: Provide equipment for controlling spray application of water and chemical cleaners, if any, at rates indicated for pressure, measured at spray tip, and for volume. 1. For spray application of chemical cleaners provide low-pressure tank or chemical pump

suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with cone-shaped spray-tip. 2. For spray application of water provide fan-shaped spray-tip which disperses water at

angle of not less than 15 degrees. 3. For spray application of heated water provide equipment capable of maintaining

temperature, at flow rates indicated, between 140o and 160

o F.

2.3 ACCESSORY MATERIALS

A. Sealant Materials: 1. Provide manufacturer's standard chemically curing, elastomeric sealant(s) of base

polymer and characteristics indicated below that comply with applicable requirements in Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." a. Multi-component, nonsag urethane sealant.

2. Colors: Provide colors of exposed sealants to match colors of masonry adjoining installed sealant unless otherwise indicated.

B. Joint-Sealant Backing: 1. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface

skin), and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

2. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint where such adhesion would result in sealant failure. Provide self-adhesive tape where acceptable.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material, compatible with pointing mortar, joint primers, sealants, and surfaces adjacent to joints; that will easily come off entirely, including adhesive.

D. Miscellaneous Products: Select materials and methods of use based on the following, subject to approval of a mockup: 1. Previous effectiveness in performing the work involved. 2. Little possibility of damaging exposed surfaces. 3. Consistency of each application. 4. Uniformity of the resulting overall appearance.

Page 110: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 6

5. Do not use products or tools that could do the following: a. Remove, alter, or in any way harm the present condition or future preservation of

existing surfaces, including surrounding surfaces not in contract. b. Leave a residue on surfaces.

2.4 MORTAR MIXES

A. Preparing Lime Putty: Slake quicklime and prepare lime putty according to appendix to ASTM C 5 and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Measurement and Mixing: Measure cementitious materials and sand in a dry condition by volume or equivalent weight. Do not measure by shovel; use known measure. Mix materials in a clean, mechanical batch mixer. 1. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious materials and sand together before

adding any water. Then mix again adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for 15 to 30 minutes. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired consistency. Use mortar within one hour of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially hardened material.

C. Colored Mortar: Produce mortar of color required by using specified ingredients. Do not alter specified proportions without Architect's approval. 1. Mortar Pigments: Where mortar pigments are indicated, do not exceed a pigment-to-

cement ratio of 1:10 by weight.

D. Do not use admixtures in mortar unless otherwise indicated.

E. Mortar Proportions: Mix mortar materials in proportions as determined by the preconstruction testing. 1. Proportion setting mortar the same as pointing mortar except mortar pigments are not

required.

2.5 CHEMICAL CLEANING SOLUTIONS

A. Dilute chemical cleaners with water to produce solutions not exceeding concentration recommended by chemical-cleaner manufacturer.

B. Acidic Cleaner Solution for Brick: Dilute with water to produce hydrofluoric acid content of 3 percent or less, but not greater than that recommended by chemical-cleaner manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PROTECTION

A. Protect persons, motor vehicles, surrounding surfaces of building being restored, building site, plants, and surrounding buildings from harm resulting from masonry restoration work. 1. Erect temporary protective covers over walkways and at points of pedestrian and

vehicular entrance and exit that must remain in service during course of restoration and cleaning work.

B. Comply with chemical-cleaner manufacturer's written instructions for protecting building and other surfaces against damage from exposure to its products. Prevent chemical-cleaning solutions from coming into contact with people, motor vehicles, landscaping, buildings, and other surfaces that could be harmed by such contact.

Page 111: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 7

1. Cover adjacent surfaces with materials that are proven to resist chemical cleaners used unless chemical cleaners being used will not damage adjacent surfaces. Use materials that contain only waterproof, UV-resistant adhesives. Apply masking agents to comply with manufacturer's written instructions. Do not apply liquid masking agent to painted or porous surfaces. When no longer needed, promptly remove masking to prevent adhesive staining.

2. Keep wall wet below area being cleaned to prevent streaking from runoff. 3. Do not clean masonry during winds of sufficient force to spread cleaning solutions to

unprotected surfaces. 4. Neutralize and collect alkaline and acid wastes for disposal off Owner's property. 5. Dispose of runoff from cleaning operations by legal means and in a manner that prevents

soil erosion, undermining of paving and foundations, damage to landscaping, and water penetration into building interiors.

C. Prevent mortar from staining face of surrounding masonry and other surfaces. 1. Cover sills, ledges, and projections to protect from mortar droppings. 2. Keep wall area wet below rebuilding and pointing work to discourage mortar from

adhering. 3. Immediately remove mortar in contact with exposed masonry and other surfaces. 4. Clean mortar splatters from scaffolding at end of each day.

3.2 CLEANING MASONRY, GENERAL

A. Proceed with cleaning in an orderly manner; work from bottom to top of the test cleaning area of each scaffold width and from one end of the test area to the other. Ensure that dirty residues and rinse water will not wash over cleaned, dry surfaces.

B. Use only those cleaning methods indicated for each masonry material and location. 1. Do not use wire brushes or brushes that are not resistant to chemical cleaner being used.

Do not use plastic-bristle brushes if natural-fiber brushes will resist chemical cleaner being used.

2. Use spray equipment that provides controlled application at volume and pressure indicated, measured at spray tip. Adjust pressure and volume to ensure that cleaning methods do not damage masonry. a. Equip units with pressure gages.

3. For chemical-cleaner spray application, use low-pressure tank or chemical pump suitable for chemical cleaner indicated, equipped with cone-shaped spray tip.

4. For water-spray application, use fan-shaped spray tip that disperses water at an angle of 25 to 50 degrees.

C. Perform each cleaning method indicated in a manner that results in uniform coverage of all surfaces, including corners, moldings, and interstices, and that produces an even effect without streaking or damaging masonry surfaces.

D. Water Application Methods: 1. Water-Spray Applications: Unless otherwise indicated, hold spray nozzle at least 6

inches from surface of masonry and apply water in horizontal back and forth sweeping motion, overlapping previous strokes to produce uniform coverage.

E. Chemical-Cleaner Application Methods: Apply chemical cleaners to masonry surfaces to comply with chemical-cleaner manufacturer's written instructions; use brush or spray application. Do not spray apply at pressures exceeding 50 psi. Do not allow chemicals to remain on surface for periods longer than those indicated or recommended by manufacturer.

Page 112: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 8

F. Rinse off chemical residue and soil by working upward from bottom to top of each treated area at each stage or scaffold setting. Periodically during each rinse, test pH of rinse water running off of cleaned area to determine that chemical cleaner is completely removed. 1. Apply neutralizing agent and repeat rinse if necessary to produce tested pH of between

6.7 and 7.5.

G. After cleaning is complete, remove protection no longer required. Remove tape and adhesive marks.

3.3 PRELIMINARY CLEANING

A. Removing Plant Growth: Completely remove visible plant, moss, and shrub growth from masonry surfaces. Carefully remove plants, creepers, and vegetation by cutting at roots and allowing to dry as long as possible before removal. Remove loose soil and debris from open masonry joints to whatever depth they occur. 1. Remove dried vine creepers by scrubbing with a stiff bristle brush.

B. Preliminary Cleaning: Before beginning general cleaning, remove extraneous substances that are resistant to cleaning methods being used. Extraneous substances include paint, calking, asphalt, and tar. 1. Carefully remove heavy accumulations of material from surface of masonry with a sharp

chisel. Do not scratch or chip masonry surface. 2. Remove asphalt and tar with solvent-type paint remover.

a. Comply with requirements in "Paint Removal" Article. b. Apply paint remover only to asphalt and tar by brush without prewetting. c. Allow paint remover to remain on surface for 10 to 30 minutes. d. Repeat application if needed.

3.4 CLEANING BRICKWORK

A. Cold-Water Wash: Use cold water applied by low-pressure spray.

B. Acidic Chemical Cleaning: 1. Wet masonry with cold water applied by low-pressure spray. 2. Apply cleaner to masonry in two applications by brush or low-pressure spray. Let cleaner

remain on surface for period indicated below: a. Five minutes.

3. Rinse with cold water applied by low-pressure spray to remove chemicals and soil. 4. Repeat cleaning procedure above where required to produce cleaning effect established

by mockup. Do not repeat more than once. If additional cleaning is required, use steam wash.

3.5 REPOINTING MASONRY

A. Rake out and repoint joints to the following extent: 1. All joints as indicated.

B. Rake out joints as follows, according to procedures demonstrated in approved mockup: 1. Remove mortar from joints to depth of 2-1/2 times joint width, but not less than 1/2 inch or

not less than that required to expose sound, unweathered mortar. 2. Remove mortar from masonry surfaces within raked-out joints to provide reveals with

square backs and to expose masonry for contact with pointing mortar. Brush, vacuum, or flush joints to remove dirt and loose debris.

3. Do not spall edges of masonry units or widen joints. Replace or patch damaged masonry units as directed by Architect.

Page 113: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 9

a. Cut out mortar by hand with chisel and resilient mallet. Do not use power-operated grinders without Architect's written approval based on approved quality-control program.

C. Notify Architect of unforeseen detrimental conditions including voids in mortar joints, cracks, loose masonry units, rotted wood, rusted metal, and other deteriorated items.

D. Pointing with Mortar: 1. Rinse masonry joint surfaces with water to remove any dust and mortar particles. Time

application of rinsing so that, at time of pointing, excess water has evaporated or run off, and joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water.

2. Apply first layer of pointing mortar to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8-inch until a uniform depth is formed. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint-hard before applying next layer.

3. After joints have been filled to a uniform depth, place remaining pointing mortar in 3 layers with each of first and second layers filling approximately 2/5 of joint depth and third layer the remaining 1/5. Fully compact each layer and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer. Where existing bricks have rounded edges recess final layer slightly from face. Take care not to spread mortar over edges onto exposed masonry surfaces, or to featheredge mortar.

4. When mortar is thumbprint hard, tool joints to match original appearance of joints, unless otherwise indicated. Remove excess mortar from edge of joint by brushing. a. Match existing mortar joint profiles.

5. Cure mortar by maintaining in thoroughly damp condition for at least 72 consecutive hours including weekends and holidays.

6. Hairline cracking within the mortar or mortar separation at edge of a joint is unacceptable. Completely remove such mortar and repoint.

E. Pointing with Sealant: 1. After raking out, rinse masonry joint surfaces with water to remove any dust and mortar

particles. Time application of rinsing so that, at time of pointing, excess water has evaporated or run off, and joint surfaces are damp but free of standing water.

2. Apply first layer of pointing mortar to areas where existing mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas. Apply in layers not greater than 3/8-inch until a uniform depth is formed. Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint-hard before applying next layer.

3. After joints have been filled to a uniform depth as required for installation of sealant backer or bond breaker as detailed and specified, allow to cure.

4. Clean and prepare joint surfaces according to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants." Prime joint surfaces unless sealant manufacturer recommends against priming. Do not allow primer to spill or migrate onto adjoining surfaces.

5. Fill sealant joints with specified joint sealant according to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants" and the following: a. Install cylindrical sealant backing beneath the sealant, except where space is

insufficient. There, install bond-breaker tape. b. Install sealant using only proven installation techniques that will ensure that

sealant will be deposited in a uniform, continuous ribbon, without gaps or air pockets, and with complete wetting of the joint bond surfaces equally on both sides. Fill joint flush with surrounding masonry and matching the contour of adjoining mortar joints.

c. Install sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer but within the following general limitations, measured at the center (thin) section of the bead: 1) Fill joints to a depth equal to joint width, but not more than 1/2 inch deep or

less than 1/4 inch deep.

Page 114: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture CLAY MASONRY RESTORATION AND CLEANING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 04901 - 10

d. Do not allow sealant to overflow or spill onto adjoining surfaces, or to migrate into the voids of adjoining surfaces, particularly rough textures. Remove excess and spillage of sealant promptly as the work progresses. Clean adjoining surfaces by the means necessary to eliminate evidence of spillage, without damage to adjoining surfaces or finishes, as demonstrated in an approved mockup.

6. Cure sealant according to Division 7 Section "Joint Sealants."

3.6 FINAL CLEANING

A. After mortar has fully hardened, thoroughly clean exposed masonry surfaces of excess mortar and foreign matter using stiff nylon or bristle brushes and clean water, spray applied at low pressure. 1. Use of metal scrapers or brushes will not be permitted. 2. Use of acid or alkali cleaning agents will not be permitted.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Architect's Project Representatives: Architect will assign Project representatives to help carry out Architect's responsibilities at the site, including inspection and documentation of existing conditions and failures, as well as observing progress and quality of testing and sample portions of the Work. Allow Architect's Project representatives use of lift devices and scaffolding, as needed, to observe progress and quality of portion of the Work uncovered and testing completed.

B. Notify Architect's Project representatives in advance of times when lift devices and scaffolding will be relocated. Do not relocate lift devices and scaffolding until Architect's Project representatives have had reasonable opportunity to make inspections and observations of work areas at lift device or scaffold location.

END OF SECTION 04901

Page 115: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture STEEL DECK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05310 - 1

SECTION 05310 - STEEL DECK

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Roof deck.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 05500 "Metal Fabrications" for framing deck openings with miscellaneous steel

shapes.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of deck, accessory, and product indicated. 1. Include name of deck manufacturer as well as type, depth, gauge and finish of deck.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Include layout and types of deck panels, anchorage details, reinforcing channels, pans,

cut deck openings, special jointing, accessories, and attachments to other construction.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

B. Product Certificates: For each type of steel deck.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: Fabricate panels to comply with dimensional parameters as defined in “Design Manual for Composite Decks, Form Decks, and Roof Decks” in SDI Publication No. 31. Section properties shall be based in accordance with the AISI Specification for the Design of Cold-Formed Steel Structural Members.

B. Installer Qualifications: An experienced installer who has completed steel deck similar in material, design, and extent to that indicated for this Project and whose work has resulted in construction with a record of successful in-service performance.

C. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.3, "Structural Welding Code - Sheet Steel."

Page 116: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture STEEL DECK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05310 - 2

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect steel deck from corrosion, deformation, and other damage during delivery, storage, and handling.

B. Stack steel deck on platforms or pallets and slope to provide drainage. Protect with a waterproof covering and ventilate to avoid condensation. 1. Protect and ventilate acoustical cellular roof deck with factory-installed insulation to

maintain insulation free of moisture.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ROOF DECK

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Canam United States; Canam Group Inc. 2. Nucor Corp.; Vulcraft Group. 3. Verco Manufacturing Co. 4. Wheeling Corrugating Company; Div. of Wheeling-Pittsburgh Steel Corporation.

B. Roof Deck: Fabricate panels, without top-flange stiffening grooves, to comply with "SDI Specifications and Commentary for Steel Roof Deck," in SDI Publication No. 31, and with the following: 1. Galvanized-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 653, Structural Steel (SS), Grade 33, G60 zinc

coating. 2. Deck Profile: Type NR, narrow rib. 3. Profile Depth: 1-1/2 inches. 4. Design Uncoated-Steel Thickness: 0.0474 inch. 5. Span Condition: Simple span. 6. Side Laps: Overlapped or interlocking seam at Contractor's option.

2.2 ACCESSORIES

A. General: Provide manufacturer's standard accessory materials for deck that comply with requirements indicated.

B. Side-Lap Fasteners: Corrosion-resistant, hexagonal washer head; self-drilling, carbon-steel screws, No. 10 minimum diameter.

C. Flexible Closure Strips: Vulcanized, closed-cell, synthetic rubber.

D. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Deck Accessories: Steel sheet, minimum yield strength of 33,000 psi, not less than 0.0359-inch design uncoated thickness, of same material and finish as deck; of profile indicated or required for application.

E. Galvanizing Repair Paint: ASTM A 780.

Page 117: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture STEEL DECK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05310 - 3

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine supporting frame and field conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install deck panels and accessories according to applicable specifications and commentary in SDI Publication No. 31, manufacturer's written instructions, and requirements in this Section.

B. Install temporary shoring before placing deck panels if required to meet deflection limitations.

C. Locate deck bundles to prevent overloading of supporting members.

D. Place deck panels on supporting frame and adjust to final position with ends accurately aligned and bearing on supporting frame before being permanently fastened. Do not stretch or contract side-lap interlocks.

E. Place deck panels flat and square and fasten to supporting frame without warp or deflection.

F. Cut and neatly fit deck panels and accessories around openings and other work projecting through or adjacent to deck.

G. Provide additional reinforcement and closure pieces at openings as required for strength, continuity of deck, and support of other work.

H. Comply with AWS requirements and procedures for manual shielded metal arc welding, appearance and quality of welds, and methods used for correcting welding work.

3.3 ROOF-DECK INSTALLATION

A. Fasten roof-deck panels to steel supporting members by arc spot (puddle) welds of the surface diameter indicated or arc seam welds with an equal perimeter that is not less than 1-1/2 inches long, and as follows: 1. Weld Diameter: 5/8 inch, nominal. 2. Weld Spacing: Weld edge and interior ribs of deck units with a minimum of two welds per

deck unit at each support. Space welds 18 inches apart, maximum. 3. Weld Washers: Install weld washers at each weld location.

B. Side-Lap and Perimeter Edge Fastening: Fasten side laps and perimeter edges of panels between supports, at intervals not exceeding the lesser of 1/2 of the span or 18 inches, and as follows: 1. Mechanically fasten with self-drilling, No. 10 diameter or larger, carbon-steel screws.

C. End Bearing: Install deck ends over supporting frame with a minimum end bearing of 1-1/2 inches, with end joints as follows: 1. End Joints: Lapped 2 inches minimum.

Page 118: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture STEEL DECK

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05310 - 4

D. Miscellaneous Roof-Deck Accessories: Install ridge and valley plates, finish strips, end closures, and reinforcing channels according to deck manufacturer's written instructions. Weld to substrate to provide a complete deck installation. 1. Weld cover plates at changes in direction of roof-deck panels unless otherwise indicated.

3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.

B. Field welds will be subject to inspection.

C. Testing agency will report inspection results promptly and in writing to Contractor and Architect.

D. Remove and replace work that does not comply with specified requirements.

E. Additional inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of corrected work with specified requirements.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Galvanizing Repairs: Prepare and repair damaged galvanized coatings on both surfaces of deck with galvanized repair paint according to ASTM A 780 and manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Provide final protection and maintain conditions to ensure that steel deck is without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION 05310

Page 119: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture METAL FABRICATIONS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05500 - 1

SECTION 05500 - METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified

in other Sections.

B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section include the following: 1. Loose steel lintels.

C. Related Requirements: 1. Section 04813 "Brick Masonry Assemblies" for installing loose lintels, anchor bolts, and

other items built into brick masonry.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items. Provide Shop Drawings for the following: 1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified

in other Sections. 2. Loose steel lintels.

1.5 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.

Page 120: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture METAL FABRICATIONS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05500 - 2

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36.

C. Stainless-Steel Bars and Shapes: ASTM A 276, Type 304.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

B. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for interior and exterior applications.

2.5 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.

Page 121: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture METAL FABRICATIONS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05500 - 3

E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion

resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately.

F. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

G. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

H. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.

2.6 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.

C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports.

2.7 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

2.8 LOOSE STEEL LINTELS

A. Fabricate loose steel lintels from stainless steel angles and shapes of size indicated for openings and recesses in masonry walls and partitions at locations indicated. Fabricate in single lengths for each opening unless otherwise indicated. Weld adjoining members together to form a single unit where indicated.

B. Size loose lintels to provide bearing length at each side of openings equal to 1/12 of clear span, but not less than 8 inches unless otherwise indicated.

2.9 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153 for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123 for other steel and iron products.

Page 122: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture METAL FABRICATIONS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 05500 - 4

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements: 1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion

resistance of base metals. 2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.

3.2 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.

B. Anchor supports securely to, and rigidly brace from, building structure.

3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.

END OF SECTION 05500

Page 123: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06105 - 1

SECTION 06105 - MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 2. Wood blocking, cants, and nailers.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06160 "Sheathing."

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Dimension Lumber: Lumber of 2 inches nominal or greater but less than 5 inches nominal in least dimension.

B. Lumber grading agencies, and the abbreviations used to reference them, include the following: 1. NeLMA: Northeastern Lumber Manufacturers' Association. 2. NLGA: National Lumber Grades Authority. 3. SPIB: The Southern Pine Inspection Bureau. 4. WCLIB: West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau. 5. WWPA: Western Wood Products Association.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details. 1. Include data for fire-retardant treatment from chemical treatment manufacturer and

certification by treating plant that treated materials comply with requirements. Include physical properties of treated materials based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency.

2. For fire-retardant treatments, include physical properties of treated lumber both before and after exposure to elevated temperatures, based on testing by a qualified independent testing agency according to ASTM D 5664.

3. Include copies of warranties from chemical treatment manufacturers for each type of treatment.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Evaluation Reports: For the following, from ICC-ES: 1. Fire-retardant-treated wood.

Page 124: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06105 - 2

2. Power-driven fasteners. 3. Expansion anchors.

1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agency providing classification marking for fire-retardant treated material, an inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction that periodically performs inspections to verify that the material bearing the classification marking is representative of the material tested.

1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack lumber flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect lumber from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL

A. Lumber: DOC PS 20 and applicable rules of grading agencies indicated. If no grading agency is indicated, provide lumber that complies with the applicable rules of any rules-writing agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review. Provide lumber graded by an agency certified by the ALSC Board of Review to inspect and grade lumber under the rules indicated. 1. Factory mark each piece of lumber with grade stamp of grading agency. 2. Where nominal sizes are indicated, provide actual sizes required by DOC PS 20 for

moisture content specified. Where actual sizes are indicated, they are minimum dressed sizes for dry lumber.

3. Provide dressed lumber, S4S, unless otherwise indicated.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Lumber: 19 percent.

2.2 FIRE-RETARDANT-TREATED MATERIALS

A. General: Where fire-retardant-treated materials are indicated, use materials complying with requirements in this article, that are acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and with fire-test-response characteristics specified as determined by testing identical products per test method indicated by a qualified testing agency.

B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Lumber by Pressure Process: Products with a flame spread index of 25 or less when tested according to ASTM E 84, and with no evidence of significant progressive combustion when the test is extended an additional 20 minutes, and with the flame front not extending more than 10.5 feet beyond the centerline of the burners at any time during the test. 1. Use treatment that does not promote corrosion of metal fasteners. 2. Exterior Type: Treated materials shall comply with requirements specified above for fire-

retardant-treated lumber by pressure process after being subjected to accelerated weathering according to ASTM D 2898. Use for exterior locations and where indicated.

C. Kiln-dry lumber after treatment to a maximum moisture content of 19 percent.

Page 125: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06105 - 3

D. Identify fire-retardant-treated wood with appropriate classification marking of testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.

E. Application: Treat items indicated on Drawings, and the following: 1. Concealed framing and blocking.

2.3 MISCELLANEOUS LUMBER

A. General: Provide miscellaneous lumber indicated and lumber for support or attachment of other construction, including the following: 1. Blocking. 2. Nailers. 3. Rooftop equipment bases and support curbs. 4. Cants.

B. For items of dimension lumber size, provide Construction or No. 2 and any of the following species: 1. Hem-fir (north); NLGA. 2. Mixed southern pine; SPIB. 3. Spruce-pine-fir; NLGA. 4. Hem-fir; WCLIB or WWPA. 5. Spruce-pine-fir (south); NeLMA, WCLIB, or WWPA.

C. For blocking and nailers used for attachment of other construction, select and cut lumber to eliminate knots and other defects that will interfere with attachment of other work.

2.4 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. Where carpentry is exposed to weather, in ground contact, pressure-preservative treated,

or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.

C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

E. Screws for Fastening to Metal Framing: ASTM C 1002, length as recommended by screw manufacturer for material being fastened.

F. Lag Bolts: ASME B18.2.1.

G. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A; with ASTM A 563 hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers.

H. Expansion Anchors: Anchor bolt and sleeve assembly of material indicated below with capability to sustain, without failure, a load equal to 6 times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry assemblies and equal to 4 times the load imposed when installed in concrete as determined by testing per ASTM E 488 conducted by a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency.

Page 126: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06105 - 4

1. Material: Stainless steel with bolts and nuts complying with ASTM F 593 and ASTM F 594, Alloy Group 1 or 2.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Flexible Flashing: Composite, self-adhesive, flashing product consisting of a pliable, butyl rubber or rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density polyethylene film, aluminum foil, or spunbonded polyolefin to produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.025 inch.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Set carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and fitted. Fit carpentry to other construction; scribe and cope as needed for accurate fit. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for attaching other construction.

B. Where wood-preservative-treated lumber is installed adjacent to metal decking, install continuous flexible flashing separator between wood and metal decking.

C. Framing Standard: Comply with AF&PA's WCD 1, "Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction," unless otherwise indicated.

D. Do not splice structural members between supports unless otherwise indicated.

E. Provide blocking and framing as indicated and as required to support facing materials, specialty items, and trim.

F. Sort and select lumber so that natural characteristics will not interfere with installation or with fastening other materials to lumber. Do not use materials with defects that interfere with function of member or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement.

G. Securely attach carpentry work to substrate by anchoring and fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's International Building Code.

H. Use steel common nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections between members. Install fasteners without splitting wood. Drive nails snug but do not countersink nail heads unless otherwise indicated.

3.2 WOOD BLOCKING, AND NAILER INSTALLATION

A. Install where indicated and where required for attaching other work. Form to shapes indicated and cut as required for true line and level of attached work. Coordinate locations with other work involved.

Page 127: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06105 - 5

B. Attach items to substrates to support applied loading. Recess bolts and nuts flush with surfaces unless otherwise indicated.

C. Perimeter roof wood blocking shall, as a minimum, be in accordance with recommendations of Factory Mutual loss prevention Data Sheet 1-49, June 1985.

D. Roof Wood Blocking: 1. Install in straight lines and level planes and at proper elevation for installation of new roof

system. 2. Top surface of horizontal blocking shall match the surface elevation of the new roof

insulation. 3. Warped wood members shall not be used. 4. Lumber or Plywood to Lumber:

a. Nail spacing shall be maximum of 12 inches on-center and staggered across face of piece. Locate fastener within 3 inches of each end of piece. Maximum spacing of 6 inches on-center, 8 feet each way from outside corners for roof edge blocking.

b. Nail heads shall be flush with wood surface and shall penetrate adjoining piece minimum 1-1/4 inch.

c. Minimum 100 lbs. per nail installed withdrawal resistance.

3.3 PROTECTION

A. Protect miscellaneous rough carpentry from weather.

END OF SECTION 06105

Page 128: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture MISCELLANEOUS CARPENTRY

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06105 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 129: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEATHING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06160 - 1

SECTION 06160 - SHEATHING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Wall sheathing and blocking.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of process and factory-fabricated product. Indicate component materials and dimensions and include construction and application details.

1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Stack panels flat with spacers beneath and between each bundle to provide air circulation. Protect sheathing from weather by covering with waterproof sheeting, securely anchored. Provide for air circulation around stacks and under coverings.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 WOOD PANEL PRODUCTS

A. Plywood: DOC PS 1.

B. Factory mark panels to indicate compliance with applicable standard.

2.2 WALL SHEATHING AND BLOCKING

A. Plywood Wall Sheathing and Blocking: Exterior, Structural I sheathing. 1. Nominal Thickness: 3/4 inch.

2.3 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide fasteners of size and type indicated that comply with requirements specified in this article for material and manufacture. 1. For sheathing, provide fasteners of Type 304 stainless steel.

B. Nails, Brads, and Staples: ASTM F 1667.

Page 130: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEATHING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 06160 - 2

C. Power-Driven Fasteners: NES NER-272.

D. Wood Screws: ASME B18.6.1.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Do not use materials with defects that impair quality of sheathing or pieces that are too small to use with minimum number of joints or optimum joint arrangement. Arrange joints so that pieces do not span between fewer than three support members.

B. Cut panels at penetrations, edges, and other obstructions of work; fit tightly against abutting construction unless otherwise indicated.

C. Securely attach to substrate by fastening as indicated, complying with the following: 1. NES NER-272 for power-driven fasteners. 2. Table 2304.9.1, "Fastening Schedule," in ICC's "International Building Code." 3. Table R602.3(1), "Fastener Schedule for Structural Members," and Table R602.3(2),

"Alternate Attachments," in ICC's "International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings."

D. Use common wire nails unless otherwise indicated. Select fasteners of size that will not fully penetrate members where opposite side will be exposed to view or will receive finish materials. Make tight connections. Install fasteners without splitting wood.

E. Coordinate sheathing installation with flashing and joint-sealant installation so these materials are installed in sequence and manner that prevent exterior moisture from passing through completed assembly.

F. Do not bridge building expansion joints; cut and space edges of panels to match spacing of structural support elements.

G. Coordinate sheathing installation with installation of materials installed over sheathing so sheathing is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at end of the workday when rain is forecast.

3.2 WOOD STRUCTURAL PANEL INSTALLATION

A. General: Comply with applicable recommendations in APA Form No. E30, "Engineered Wood Construction Guide," for types of structural-use panels and applications indicated.

B. Fastening Methods: Fasten panels as indicated below: 1. Sheathing and Blocking:

a. Nail to wood framing. Apply a continuous bead of glue to framing members at edges of wall sheathing panels.

b. Space panels 1/8 inch apart at edges and ends.

END OF SECTION 06160

Page 131: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07141 - 1

SECTION 07141 - COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Polyester waterproofing.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01230 "Alternates."

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, and tested physical and performance

properties of waterproofing. 2. Include manufacturer's written instructions for evaluating, preparing, and treating

substrate.

B. Shop Drawings: 1. Show locations and extent of waterproofing. 2. Include details for substrate joints and cracks, sheet flashings, penetrations, inside and

outside corners, tie-ins with adjoining waterproofing, and other termination conditions.

C. Samples: For each exposed product and for each color and texture specified.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Field quality-control reports.

C. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity that employs installers and supervisors who are trained and approved by waterproofing manufacturer.

Page 132: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07141 - 2

1.6 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Environmental Limitations: Apply waterproofing within the range of ambient and substrate temperatures recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. 1. Do not apply waterproofing to a damp or wet substrate, when relative humidity exceeds

85 percent, or when temperatures are less than 5 deg F above dew point. 2. Do not apply waterproofing in snow, rain, fog or mist, or when such weather conditions

are imminent during application and curing period.

B. Maintain adequate ventilation during application and curing of waterproofing materials.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace waterproofing that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Installer's Special Warranty: Specified form, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering Work of this Section, for warranty period of two years.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Source Limitations for Waterproofing System: Obtain waterproofing materials from single source from single manufacturer.

2.2 POLYESTER WATERPROOFING

A. Membrane: Three-component with catalyst, cold fluid-applied reinforced unsaturated polyester waterproofing membrane with a 360 degree needle punched non-woven 200 polyester reinforcing fleece, for a finished dry film membrane thickness of 0.080 inch nominal per ply. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

a. Kemper System America, Inc; Kemperol V210 resin (three-component).

2.3 AUXILIARY MATERIALS

A. General: Provide auxiliary materials recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with one another and with waterproofing.

B. Membrane Flashings: A composite of the same resin material as field membrane with 165 g/m2 fleece reinforcement.

C. Polyurethane Primer: Two-component, solvent-free polyurethane resin as follows: 1. Kemper System’s Kempertec D/R primer.

D. Provide hot and cold weather additives as recommended by manufacturer.

Page 133: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07141 - 3

E. Joint Sealant: Multicomponent polyurethane sealant, compatible with waterproofing; ASTM C 920, Type S, Class 35 or greater; Grade NS for sloping and vertical applications; Use NT exposure; and as recommended by manufacturer for substrate and joint conditions. 1. Backer Rod: Closed-cell polyethylene foam.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify that substrate is visibly dry and within the moisture limits recommended in writing

by manufacturer. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions. Provide clean, dust-free, and dry substrates for waterproofing application.

B. Clean and prepare metal surfaces to near white metal in accordance with SSPC - SP3 (power tool clean) or as required by membrane manufacturer. Extend preparation a minimum of one inch beyond the termination of the membrane flashing materials.

C. In addition to cleaning, all metal surfaces shall be abraded to provide a rough open surface. A wire brush finish is not acceptable

D. Mask off adjoining surfaces not receiving waterproofing to prevent spillage and overspray affecting other construction.

E. Close off deck drains and other deck penetrations to prevent spillage and migration of waterproofing fluids.

3.3 PREPARATION AT TERMINATIONS, PENETRATIONS, AND CORNERS

A. Prepare surfaces at terminations and penetrations through waterproofing and at expansion joints, drains, sleeves, and corners according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions.

3.4 JOINT AND CRACK TREATMENT

A. Prepare, treat, rout, and fill joints and cracks in substrate according to waterproofing manufacturer's written instructions. Before coating surfaces, remove dust and dirt from joints and cracks according to ASTM D 4258.

Page 134: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture COLD FLUID-APPLIED WATERPROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07141 - 4

3.5 WATERPROOFING APPLICATION

A. Apply waterproofing according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Start installing waterproofing in presence of manufacturer's technical representative.

C. Apply primer over prepared substrate unless otherwise instructed in writing by waterproofing manufacturer.

D. Reinforced Waterproofing Applications: Mix materials and apply waterproofing by roller, notched squeegee, trowel, or other suitable application method. 1. Apply first coat of waterproofing, embed membrane-reinforcing fabric, and apply second

coat of waterproofing to completely saturate reinforcing fabric and to obtain a seamless reinforced membrane free of entrapped gases and pinholes, with an average dry film total thickness of 0.080 inch.

2. Apply reinforced waterproofing to prepared wall terminations and vertical surfaces. 3. Verify manufacturer's recommended wet film thickness of waterproofing every 100 sq. ft.

E. Cure waterproofing, taking care to prevent contamination and damage during application and curing.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections: 1. Testing agency shall verify thickness of waterproofing during application for each 600 sq.

ft. of installed waterproofing or part thereof.

B. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a site representative qualified by waterproofing membrane manufacturer to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components and to furnish daily reports to Architect.

C. If test results or inspections show waterproofing does not comply with requirements, remove and replace or repair the waterproofing as recommended in writing by manufacturer, and make further repairs after retesting and inspecting until waterproofing installation passes.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

3.7 PROTECTION

A. Do not permit foot traffic on unprotected membrane.

B. Protect waterproofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period.

C. Correct deficiencies in or remove waterproofing that does not comply with requirements; repair substrates, reapply waterproofing, and repair sheet flashings.

D. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended in writing by manufacturer of affected construction.

END OF SECTION 07141

Page 135: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture THERMAL INSULATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07210 - 1

SECTION 07210 - THERMAL INSULATION

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Glass-fiber blanket insulation. 2. Spray polyurethane foam insulation.

B. Related Sections: 1. Section 04813 “Brick Masonry Assemblies” for insulation installed in cavity walls. 2. Division 7 Roofing Sections for insulation specified as part of roofing construction.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Surface-Burning Characteristics: As determined by testing identical products according to ASTM E 84 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration due to moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store inside and in a dry location. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 GLASS-FIBER BLANKET INSULATION

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Guardian Building Products, Inc. 3. Johns Manville. 4. Knauf Insulation. 5. Owens Corning.

Page 136: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture THERMAL INSULATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07210 - 2

B. Unfaced, Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: ASTM C 665, Type I; with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 25 and 50, respectively, per ASTM E 84; passing ASTM E 136 for combustion characteristics.

2.2 SPRAY POLYURETHANE FOAM INSULATION

A. Closed-Cell Polyurethane Foam Insulation: ASTM C 1029, Type II, with maximum flame-spread and smoke-developed indexes of 75 and 450, respectively, per ASTM E 84. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Corporation. b. BaySystems NorthAmerica, LLC. c. Dow Chemical Company (The). d. ERSystems, Inc. e. Gaco Western Inc. f. Henry Company. g. NCFI; Division of Barnhardt Mfg. Co. h. SWD Urethane Company. i. Volatile Free, Inc.

2. Minimum density of 1.5 lb/cu. ft., thermal resistivity of 6.2 deg F x h x sq. ft./Btu x in. at 75 deg F.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrates of substances that are harmful to insulation or vapor retarders, including removing projections capable of puncturing vapor retarders, or that interfere with insulation attachment.

3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions applicable to products and applications indicated.

B. Install insulation that is undamaged, dry, and unsoiled and that has not been left exposed to ice, rain, or snow at any time.

C. Extend insulation to envelop entire area to be insulated. Cut and fit tightly around obstructions and fill voids with insulation. Remove projections that interfere with placement.

D. Provide sizes to fit applications indicated and selected from manufacturer's standard thicknesses, widths, and lengths. Apply single layer of insulation units to produce thickness indicated unless multiple layers are otherwise shown or required to make up total thickness.

Page 137: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture THERMAL INSULATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07210 - 3

3.3 INSTALLATION OF INSULATION FOR FRAMED CONSTRUCTION

A. Apply insulation units to substrates by method indicated, complying with manufacturer's written instructions. If no specific method is indicated, bond units to substrate with adhesive or use mechanical anchorage to provide permanent placement and support of units.

B. Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Install in cavities formed by framing members according to the following requirements: 1. Use insulation widths and lengths that fill the cavities formed by framing members. If

more than one length is required to fill the cavities, provide lengths that will produce a snug fit between ends.

2. Place insulation in cavities formed by framing members to produce a friction fit between edges of insulation and adjoining framing members.

3. For wood-framed construction, install blankets according to ASTM C 1320.

C. Miscellaneous Voids: Install insulation in miscellaneous voids and cavity spaces where required to prevent gaps in insulation using the following materials: 1. Glass-Fiber Blanket Insulation: Compact to approximately 40 percent of normal

maximum volume equaling a density of approximately. 2. Spray Polyurethane Insulation: Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.4 PROTECTION

A. Protect installed insulation and vapor retarders from damage due to harmful weather exposures, physical abuse, and other causes. Provide temporary coverings or enclosures where insulation is subject to abuse and cannot be concealed and protected by permanent construction immediately after installation.

END OF SECTION 07210

Page 138: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture THERMAL INSULATION

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07210 - 4

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 139: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 1

SECTION 07511 - BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Built-up asphalt roofing. 2. Vapor retarder. 3. Roof insulation.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 01500 “Temporary Facilities and Controls” for additional requirements for

protection of new and existing roofing; as well as maintaining waterproof enclosures. 2. Section 07591 “Preparation for Re-Roofing” for removal of existing roofing. 3. Section 07620 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and

counterflashings. 4. Section 07920 "Joint Sealants" for joint sealants, joint fillers, and joint preparation.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to Work of this Section.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Roofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner, Architect, Owner's insurer if applicable, testing and inspecting agency

representative, roofing Installer, roofing manufacturer's representative, deck Installer, and installers whose work interfaces with or affects roofing, including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment. The Contractor’s roof foreman, sheet metal foreman, and other sub-contractors’ foremen must be at this meeting. If the Contractors’ foremen are not in attendance, the meeting will be rescheduled and at the Contractor’s expense.

2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing installation, including manufacturer's written instructions.

3. Review and finalize construction schedule, and verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.

4. Examine deck substrate conditions and finishes for compliance with requirements, including flatness and fastening.

5. Review structural loading limitations of roof deck during and after roofing. 6. Review base flashings, special roofing details, roof drainage, roof penetrations,

equipment curbs, and condition of other construction that affects roofing.

Page 140: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 2

7. Review governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable.

8. Review temporary protection requirements for roofing during and after installation. 9. Review roof observation and repair procedures after roofing installation.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For built-up roofing. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including: 1. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 2. Crickets, saddles, and tapered edge strips, including slopes. 3. Insulation fastening patterns for corner, perimeter, and field-of-roof locations.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Product Test Reports: For components of built-up roofing, for tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

C. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of built-up roofing, from ICC-ES.

D. Field quality-control reports.

E. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.

1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For built-up roofing to include in maintenance manuals.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by built-up roofing manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and has had a minimum of 3 years of experience installing similar roof systems and projects.

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf

life.

Page 141: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 3

C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1.11 WARRANTY

A. The Contractor shall warrant all materials and workman-ship for a period of five (5) years from the date of acceptance of the completed work by the Owner. The Contractor shall make good any defects in materials or workman-ship which may develop during said five (5) year period by the repairing of such defects at his own expense without cost to Owner.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. CertainTeed Corporation. 2. Firestone Building Products. 3. GAF Materials Corporation. 4. Johns Manville.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation and fasteners for built-up roofing from same manufacturer as built-up roofing or manufacturer approved by built-up roofing manufacturer.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Installed built-up roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Built-up roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when

tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to

ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272.

B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by built-up roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

Page 142: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 4

C. FM Global Listing: Built-up roofing, base flashings, and component materials shall comply with requirements in FM Global 4450 or FM Global 4470 as part of a built-up roofing system, and shall be listed in FM Global's "RoofNav" for Class 1 or noncombustible construction, as applicable. Identify materials with FM Global markings. 1. Fire/Windstorm Classification: Class 1A-90. 2. Hail-Resistance Rating: SH.

2.3 ROOFING MEMBRANE SHEET MATERIALS

A. Ply Sheet: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt-impregnated, glass-fiber felt.

2.4 BASE FLASHING SHEET MATERIALS

A. Backer Sheet: ASTM D 226, Type I, asphalt-impregnated, perforated felt.

B. Granule-Surfaced Flashing Sheet: ASTM D 3909 or ASTM D 6163, Grade G, Type I or II, glass-fiber-reinforced; granule-surfaced base flashing; suitable for application method specified, and as follows: 1. Granule Color: Black.

2.5 ASPHALT MATERIALS

A. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.

B. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type III.

2.6 AUXILIARY BUILT-UP ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing manufacturer for intended use and compatible with built-up roofing. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having

jurisdiction.

B. Cold-Applied Adhesive: Roofing manufacturer's standard asphalt-based, one- or two-part, asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive specially formulated for compatibility and use with built-up base flashings.

C. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required by roofing manufacturer for application.

D. Mastic Sealant: Polyisobutylene, plain or modified bitumen; nonhardening, nonmigrating, nonskinning, and nondrying.

E. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening built-up roofing components to substrate; tested by manufacturer for required pullout strength, and acceptable to roofing manufacturer.

F. Aggregate Surfacing: ASTM D 1863, No. 6 or No. 67, clean, dry, opaque, water-worn gravel or crushed stone, free of sharp edges.

Page 143: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 5

G. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet (Underlayment at Top of Parapet Walls): Minimum 30 to 40 mils thick, consisting of slip-resisting polyethylene-film top surface laminated to layer of butyl or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; cold applied. Provide primer when recommended by underlayment manufacturer. 1. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F. 2. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F. 3. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carlisle Coatings & Waterproofing Inc.; CCW WIP 300HT. b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co.; Ultra. c. Henry Company; Blueskin PE200 HT. d. Metal-Fab Manufacturing, LLC; MetShield. e. Owens Corning; WeatherLock Metal High Temperature Underlayment.

H. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide those recommended by roofing system manufacturer.

2.7 SUBSTRATE BOARDS

A. Substrate Board: ASTM C 728, perlite board, 1 inch thick, seal coated.

B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening substrate board to roof deck.

2.8 VAPOR RETARDER

A. Glass-Fiber Felts: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt impregnated. 2 plies set in and glazed-coated with ASTM D 312, Type III asphalt.

2.9 ROOF INSULATION

A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated.

B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces, maximum board thickness of 2 inches. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. b. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. c. Firestone Building Products. d. GAF Materials Corporation. e. Johns Manville. f. Hunter Panels

C. Perlite Board Insulation (Cover Board): ASTM C 728, 1-inch thick, rigid, mineral-aggregate thermal insulation board composed of expanded perlite, cellulosic fibers, binders, and waterproofing agents with top surface seal coated. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. GAF Materials Corporation.

Page 144: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 6

b. Johns Manville.

D. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated. 1. Provide mitered boards for direction changes.

E. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.

2.10 INSULATION ACCESSORIES

A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatible with built-up roofing.

B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation to substrate and acceptable to roofing manufacturer.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and

roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood cants, blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at

penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary

moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. a. Test for moisture by pouring 1 pint of hot roofing asphalt on deck at start of each

day's work and at start of each roof area or plane. Do not proceed with Work of this Section if test sample foams or can be easily and cleanly stripped after cooling.

4. Verify that concrete curing compounds that impair adhesion of roofing components to roof deck have been removed.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

C. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at a rate of 3/4 gal./100 sq. ft. and allow primer to dry.

Page 145: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 7

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Comply with built-up roofing manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Asphalt Heating: Heat asphalt to its equiviscous temperature, measured at the mop cart or mechanical spreader immediately before application. Circulate asphalt during heating. Do not raise asphalt temperature above equiviscous temperature range more than one hour before time of application. Do not exceed asphalt manufacturer's recommended temperature limits during asphalt heating. Do not heat asphalt within 25 deg F of flash point. Discard asphalt maintained at a temperature exceeding finished blowing temperature for more than 4 hours. 1. Apply hot roofing asphalt within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature.

C. Substrate-Joint Penetrations: Prevent roofing asphalt and adhesives from penetrating substrate joints, entering building, or damaging built-up roofing components or adjacent building construction.

D. Rate of Bitumen Application: 1. Insulation: 30 lbs./100 sq. ft. 2. Asphalt Interply Moppings: 27 lbs./100 sq. ft. with tolerance of plus and minus 15 per-

cent. 3. Glaze Coat: 10 lbs./100 sq. ft. 4. Asphalt Flood Coat: 60 lbs /100sq. ft.

3.4 SUBSTRATE BOARD INSTALLATION

A. Install substrate board with long joints in continuous straight lines, perpendicular to roof slopes with end joints staggered between rows. Tightly butt substrate boards together. 1. Fasten substrate board to top flanges of steel deck to resist uplift pressure at corners,

perimeter, and field of roof according to built-up roofing manufacturer's written instructions.

3.5 VAPOR-RETARDER INSTALLATION

A. Built-up Vapor Retarder: Install two glass-fiber felt plies lapping each felt 19 inches over preceding felt. Embed each felt in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt. Glaze coat completed surface with hot roofing asphalt. Apply hot roofing asphalt within plus or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature.

B. Completely seal vapor retarder at terminations, obstructions, and penetrations to prevent air movement into built-up roofing.

3.6 INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday.

B. Comply with built-up roofing manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation.

C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated.

Page 146: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 8

D. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line, with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

E. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2 inches or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction.

F. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water.

G. Install tapered edge strips at perimeter edges of roof that do not terminate at vertical surfaces.

H. Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at rate of 3/4 gal./100 sq. ft. and allow

primer to dry. 2. Set each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt.

I. Install cover boards over insulation with long joints in continuous straight lines with end joints staggered between rows. Offset joints of insulation below a minimum of 6 inches in each direction. Loosely butt cover boards together. Tape joints if required by roofing manufacturer. 1. Apply hot roofing asphalt to underside and immediately bond cover board to substrate.

3.7 BUILT-UP ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install roofing according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions and applicable recommendations of ARMA/NRCA's "Quality Control Guidelines for the Application of Built-up Roofing" and as follows: 1. Deck Type: I (insulated). 2. Number of Ply Sheets: Four. 3. Surfacing Type: A (aggregate).

B. Start installation of built-up roofing in presence of manufacturer's technical personnel.

C. Coordinate installation of roofing so insulation and other components of built-up roofing not permanently exposed are not subjected to precipitation or left uncovered at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. 1. Provide tie-offs at end of each day's work to cover exposed built-up roofing sheets and

insulation with a course of coated felt set in roofing cement or hot roofing asphalt with joints and edges sealed.

2. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing.

3. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

3.8 ROOFING MEMBRANE INSTALLATION

A. Install four ply sheets starting at low point of roofing. Align ply sheets without stretching. Shingle side laps of ply sheets uniformly to achieve required number of plies throughout thickness of roofing membrane. Shingle in direction to shed water. Extend ply sheets over and terminate beyond cants. 1. Maximum moisture content of felts at time of application shall be 1 percent of dry weight.

Page 147: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 9

2. Embed each ply sheet in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at rate required by roofing manufacturer, to form a uniform membrane without ply sheets touching.

3. Squeegee, or press, felts into hot bitumen providing tight, smooth laminations without wrinkles, buckles, kinks, or "fishmouths". Air void pockets, as determined by test samples, shall not exceed 5 percent per interply mopping for individual sample and average of all samples shall be less than 3 percent per interply mopping.

4. The use of felt laying machines is prohibited. Traffic on recently installed membrane shall be kept to a minimum to prevent asphalt displacement. Use sequencing and equipment that will prevent asphalt displacement.

5. Application of hot asphalt on any surface that causes foaming of the asphalt shall be cause for rejection of the roof area.

6. Install roofing plies in continuous shingle-type sequence such that there are no laps against the flow of water.

7. Metal flanges for flashing sleeves shall be primed and set in a trowel coat of plastic cement and stripped in with two plies of fiberglass felts and hot bitumen moppings.

8. Extend vent stacks to maintain a minimum height of 8 inches above the completed membrane, if necessary.

B. Aggregate Surfacing: After installing and testing roofing, base flashing, and stripping, promptly apply flood coat to roof surface with 60 lb/100 sq. ft. of hot roofing asphalt. While flood coat is hot and fluid, cast the following average weight of aggregate in a uniform course: 1. Aggregate Weight: 400 lb/100 sq. ft.

3.9 FLASHING AND STRIPPING INSTALLATION

A. Install base flashing over cant strips and other sloping and vertical surfaces, at roof edges, and at penetrations through roof; secure to substrates according to built-up roofing manufacturer's written instructions and as follows: 1. Prime substrates with asphalt primer if required by built-up roofing manufacturer. 2. Backer-Sheet Application: Mechanically fasten backer sheet to walls or parapets.

Adhere backer sheet over built-up roofing at cants in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt.

3. Flashing-Sheet Application: Adhere flashing sheet to substrate in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt applied at not less than 425 deg F or as per manufacturer’s written instructions. Apply hot roofing asphalt to back of flashing sheet if recommended by roofing manufacturer.

B. Extend base flashing up walls or parapets as indicated on Drawings above built-up roofing. 1. Extend backer sheet onto field of built-up roofing a minimum of 2 inches. Extend flashing

sheet minimum of 2 inches beyond edge of backer sheet.

C. Mechanically fasten top of base flashing securely at terminations and perimeter of roofing.

D. Install stripping according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions, where metal flanges and edgings are set on built-up roofing. 1. Built-up Stripping: Install stripping of not fewer than two roofing ply sheets, setting each

ply in a continuous coating of asphalt roofing cement or in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, and extend onto roofing membrane 4 inches and 6 inches, respectively.

E. Underlayment at Top of Parapet Walls: Install self-adhering underlayment in accordance with manufacturer’s written instructions over sloped wood blocking, beneath metal copings. Lap underlayment over top edges of roofing base flashings a minimum of 3 inches and over face of exterior wall a minimum of 1-1/2 inches, unless otherwise indicated on Drawings.

Page 148: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 10

F. Roof Drains: 36-by-36-inch lead sheet as specified in Section 07620 “Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.” This lead sheet shall be primed with asphalt and allowed to dry. Once dry, set the lead sheet in a bed of roofing cement. Then, the lead sheet shall be primed with roofing cement prior to roofing it in with two fiberglass-felt plies 6-inches and 12-inches beyond the lead respectively. Clamp built-up roofing, metal flashing, and stripping into roof-drain clamping ring. 1. Install stripping according to roofing manufacturer's written instructions.

G. Conduit Flashing: Conduit or pipe penetrations through the membrane shall be flashed with a sheet metal sleeve consisting of a 4-inch metal flange and stripped with two felt plies 4-inches and 8-inches beyond the edge of the flange respectively. 1. Prepare conditions and install molded pipe flashing per manufacturer’s specifications and

details.

3.10 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Membrane Samples: 1. 4-inch by 36-inch test cuts taken perpendicular to the long dimension of felts may be re-

quired at the discretion of the Architect/Engineer, minimum one for each 5,000 sq. ft. 2. Remove test samples before application of the surface coating at locations selected by

Architect/Engineer. 3. Take additional samples as directed by Architect/Engineer when deficiencies are found. 4. Samples will be examined for compliance with roofing specifications, entrapped moisture,

felt on felt, embedment of felt, and presence of harmful foreign materials. 5. Repair of Built-Up Membrane Test Cut:

a. Immediately rebuild test area with cut felts of same type as roof system, set in plas-tic cement.

b. Cover repaired area with four layers of felts. Solid mop each layer into place in hot bitumen. Overlap cut area 3 inches on all sides with first layer. Lap each succeed-ing 3 inches on all sides over layer below.

B. Samples of bitumen may be taken and tested for conformance to the specification for each shipment delivered to the Project by the Architect/Engineer.

C. Field tests may be performed to evaluate moisture content of installed materials.

D. Provide thermostatic controls and visual thermometer on bitumen kettle, maintain in working order, and keep calibrated.

E. Bitumen temperatures may be periodically checked at the discretion of the Architect/Engineer in the kettle and/or on the roof.

F. Withdrawal tests of installed fasteners may be required if attachment is in question.

G. Application of roof system may be checked by Architect/Engineer and by Contractor.

H. Aggregate samples may be required if delivered material is in question.

3.11 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect built-up roofing from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

Page 149: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 11

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove built-up roofing that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

END OF SECTION 07511

Page 150: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture BUILT-UP ASPHALT ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07511 - 12

ROOFING WARRANTY Owner

Address

Project

Project Address

Project No.

Date of Final Acceptance

Contractor

Address

Phone No.

This warranty stipulates that the above-named Contractor shall, during a period of five (5) years from the date of final acceptance of the work, maintain the roof membrane and flashing systems in a watertight condition and repair all defects which result from faulty workmanship or defective materials, without fur-ther cost to the Owner, including replacement of any wet insulation caused by such defects. Excluded from this warranty may be any and all damage to said roof, the buildings or their contents caused by acts or omissions of the owner; fire, lightening, winds of peak gust speeds of 72 mph or higher, hailstorm, or other unusual phenomenon of the elements; movement or failure of the supporting building structure that causes membrane or flashing failure; or vapor condensation beneath the roof. Exclude from this warranty any damages to the building or the contents. Before expiration of the above warranty period, the Roofing Contractor shall inspect the roof in the pres-ence of the Owner and make necessary correction of all deficiencies not considered normal. The warran-ty shall remain force until the necessary repair work has been done. Signed Title Date

Page 151: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 1

SECTION 07531 - ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered ethylene-propylene-diene-monomer (EPDM) roofing system. 2. Roof insulation.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 06105 "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking. 2. Section 07620 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and

counterflashings and fabric-backed EPDM underlayment.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary of NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work, including: 1. Base flashings and membrane terminations. 2. Tapered insulation, including slopes. 3. Roof plan showing orientation of steel roof deck and orientation of roofing and fastening

spacings and patterns for mechanically fastened roofing.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 1. Submit evidence of complying with performance requirements.

C. Product Test Reports: For components of roofing system, tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

Page 152: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 2

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf

life.

C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Source Limitations: Obtain components including roof insulation for roofing system from same manufacturer as membrane roofing or manufacturer approved by membrane roofing manufacturer.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand thermally induced movement and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight.

Page 153: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 3

1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155.

2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272.

B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

C. Identify products with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

2.3 EPDM ROOFING

A. EPDM: ASTM D 4637, Type I, nonreinforced, uniform, flexible EPDM sheet. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. b. Firestone Building Products. c. GAF Materials Corporation. d. GenFlex Roofing Systems. e. Johns Manville. f. Mule-Hide Products Co., Inc. g. Versico Incorporated.

2. Thickness: 45 mils, nominal. 3. Exposed Face Color: Black.

2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing. 1. Liquid-type auxiliary materials shall comply with VOC limits of authorities having

jurisdiction.

B. Sheet Flashing: 60-mil-thick EPDM, partially cured or cured, according to application.

C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard.

D. Seaming Material: Single-component, butyl splicing adhesive and splice cleaner or manufacturer's standard, synthetic-rubber polymer primer and 3-inch-wide minimum, butyl splice tape with release film.

E. Lap Sealant: Manufacturer's standard, single-component sealant.

F. Water Cutoff Mastic: Manufacturer's standard butyl mastic sealant.

G. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors.

H. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening membrane to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

Page 154: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 4

I. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, molded pipe boot flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, reinforced EPDM securement strips, T-joint covers, in-seam sealants, termination reglets, cover strips, and other accessories.

2.5 ROOF INSULATION

A. General: Preformed roof insulation boards manufactured or approved by EPDM roofing manufacturer, selected from manufacturer's standard sizes suitable for application, of thicknesses indicated.

B. Polyisocyanurate Board Insulation: ASTM C 1289, Type II, Class 1, Grade 2, felt or glass-fiber mat facer on both major surfaces. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Atlas Roofing Corporation. b. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. c. Firestone Building Products. d. GAF Materials Corporation. e. Hunter Panels. f. Insulfoam LLC; a Carlisle company. g. Johns Manville.

C. Tapered Insulation: Provide factory-tapered insulation boards fabricated to slope of 1/4 inch per 12 inches unless otherwise indicated.

D. Provide preformed saddles, crickets, tapered edge strips, and other insulation shapes where indicated for sloping to drain. Fabricate to slopes indicated.

2.6 INSULATION ACCESSORIES

A. General: Roof insulation accessories recommended by insulation manufacturer for intended use and compatibility with roofing.

B. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roof insulation and cover boards to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

C. Insulation Adhesive: Insulation manufacturer's recommended adhesive formulated to attach roof insulation to substrate or to another insulation layer as follows: 1. Modified asphaltic, asbestos-free, cold-applied adhesive. 2. Bead-applied, low-rise, one-component or multicomponent urethane adhesive. 3. Full-spread spray-applied, low-rise, two-component urethane adhesive.

D. Cover Board: ASTM C 1177, glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum substrate, 1/2 inch thick. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Georgia-Pacific Corporation; Dens Deck Prime. b. USG Corporation; Securock Glass Mat Roof Board.

Page 155: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 5

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work: 1. Verify that roof openings and penetrations are in place, curbs are set and braced, and

roof-drain bodies are securely clamped in place. 2. Verify that wood blocking, curbs, and nailers are securely anchored to roof deck at

penetrations and terminations and that nailers match thicknesses of insulation. 3. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary

moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263. 4. Verify that concrete-curing compounds that will impair adhesion of roofing components to

roof deck have been removed.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

3.3 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

C. Install roofing and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition.

3.4 INSULATION INSTALLATION

A. Coordinate installing roofing system components so insulation is not exposed to precipitation or left exposed at the end of the workday.

B. Comply with roofing system and insulation manufacturer's written instructions for installing roof insulation.

C. Install tapered insulation under area of roofing to conform to slopes indicated.

Page 156: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 6

D. Install insulation under area of roofing to achieve required thickness. Where overall insulation thickness is 2.7 inches or greater, install two or more layers with joints of each succeeding layer staggered from joints of previous layer a minimum of 6 inches in each direction.

E. Trim surface of insulation where necessary at roof drains so completed surface is flush and does not restrict flow of water.

F. Install insulation with long joints of insulation in a continuous straight line with end joints staggered between rows, abutting edges and ends between boards. Fill gaps exceeding 1/4 inch with insulation. 1. Cut and fit insulation within 1/4 inch of nailers, projections, and penetrations.

G. Adhered Insulation: Install each layer of insulation and adhere to substrate as follows: 1. Prime surface of concrete deck with asphalt primer at rate of 3/4 gal./100 sq. ft., and

allow primer to dry. 2. Set each layer of insulation in a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt, applied within plus

or minus 25 deg F of equiviscous temperature. 3. Set each layer of insulation in ribbons of bead-applied insulation adhesive, firmly pressing

and maintaining insulation in place. 4. Set each layer of insulation in a uniform coverage of full-spread insulation adhesive,

firmly pressing and maintaining insulation in place.

3.5 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Adhere roofing over area to receive roofing according to membrane roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll membrane roofing and allow to relax before installing.

B. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel.

C. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of roofing at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing.

E. Hot Roofing Asphalt: Apply a solid mopping of hot roofing asphalt to substrate at temperature and rate required by manufacturer, and install fabric-backed roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing.

F. Fabric-Backed Membrane Adhesive: Apply to substrate at rate required by manufacturer, and install fabric-backed roofing.

G. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeters.

H. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.

I. Adhesive Seam Installation: Clean both faces of splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping roofing according to manufacturer's written instructions to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of roofing terminations.

Page 157: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 7

1. Apply a continuous bead of in-seam sealant before closing splice if required by roofing system manufacturer.

J. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements.

K. Spread sealant or mastic bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal membrane roofing in place with clamping ring.

3.6 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.

C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing.

D. Clean splice areas, apply splicing cement, and firmly roll side and end laps of overlapping sheets to ensure a watertight seam installation. Apply lap sealant and seal exposed edges of sheet flashing terminations.

E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars.

3.7 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components, and to furnish reports to Architect.

B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion.

C. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements.

3.8 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect membrane roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

Page 158: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE-PROPYLENE-DIENE-MONOMER (EPDM) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07531 - 8

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove membrane roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall membrane roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

END OF SECTION 07531

Page 159: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 1

SECTION 07541 - ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Adhered ethylene interpolyemer (KEE) roofing system.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 07620 "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim" for metal roof flashings and

counterflashings.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Definitions in ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" apply to work of this Section.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For roofing system. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

C. Samples for Verification: For the following products: 1. Sheet roofing, of color required.

1.5 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by roofing manufacturer certifying that roofing system complies with requirements specified in "Performance Requirements" Article. 1. Submit evidence of compliance with performance requirements.

C. Product Test Reports: For components of roofing system, tests performed by manufacturer and witnessed by a qualified testing agency.

D. Research/Evaluation Reports: For components of roofing system, from ICC-ES.

E. Field quality-control reports.

Page 160: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 2

F. Sample Warranties: For manufacturer's special warranties.

1.6 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For roofing system to include in maintenance manuals.

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified firm that is approved, authorized, or licensed by roofing system manufacturer to install manufacturer's product and that is eligible to receive manufacturer's special warranty.

1.8 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver roofing materials to Project site in original containers with seals unbroken and labeled with manufacturer's name, product brand name and type, date of manufacture, approval or listing agency markings, and directions for storing and mixing with other components.

B. Store liquid materials in their original undamaged containers in a clean, dry, protected location and within the temperature range required by roofing system manufacturer. Protect stored liquid material from direct sunlight. 1. Discard and legally dispose of liquid material that cannot be applied within its stated shelf

life.

C. Protect roof insulation materials from physical damage and from deterioration by sunlight, moisture, soiling, and other sources. Store in a dry location. Comply with insulation manufacturer's written instructions for handling, storing, and protecting during installation.

D. Handle and store roofing materials, and place equipment in a manner to avoid permanent deflection of deck.

1.9 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit roofing system to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of roofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period. 1. Special warranty includes membrane roofing, base flashings, and other components of

roofing system. 2. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

Page 161: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 3

B. Special Project Warranty: Submit roofing Installer's warranty, on warranty form at end of this Section, signed by Installer, covering the Work of this Section, including all components of roofing system such as membrane roofing, base flashing, roof insulation, fasteners, cover boards, substrate boards, and vapor retarders, for the following warranty period: 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following product: 1. Seaman Corporation; 60 mil FiberTite-SM.

2.2 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Installed roofing and base flashings shall withstand specified uplift pressures, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Roofing and base flashings shall remain watertight. 1. Accelerated Weathering: Roofing system shall withstand 2000 hours of exposure when

tested according to ASTM G 152, ASTM G 154, or ASTM G 155. 2. Impact Resistance: Roofing system shall resist impact damage when tested according to

ASTM D 3746 or ASTM D 4272.

B. Material Compatibility: Roofing materials shall be compatible with one another and adjacent materials under conditions of service and application required, as demonstrated by roofing manufacturer based on testing and field experience.

2.3 KEE ROOFING

A. KEE Sheet: ASTM D 6754, fabric reinforced. 1. Thickness: 60 mils. 2. Exposed Face Color: Manufacturer’s standard color.

2.4 AUXILIARY ROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with roofing.

B. Sheet Flashing: Manufacturer's standard sheet flashing of same material, type, reinforcement, thickness, and color as KEE sheet.

C. Bonding Adhesive: Manufacturer's standard.

D. Metal Termination Bars: Manufacturer's standard, predrilled stainless-steel or aluminum bars, approximately 1 by 1/8 inch thick; with anchors.

Page 162: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 4

E. Fasteners: Factory-coated steel fasteners and metal or plastic plates complying with corrosion-resistance provisions in FM Global 4470, designed for fastening roofing to substrate, and acceptable to roofing system manufacturer.

F. Miscellaneous Accessories: Provide pourable sealers, preformed cone and vent sheet flashings, preformed inside and outside corner sheet flashings, T-joint covers, lap sealants, termination reglets, and other accessories.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements and other conditions affecting performance of the Work:

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Clean substrate of dust, debris, moisture, and other substances detrimental to roofing installation according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Remove sharp projections.

B. Prevent materials from entering and clogging roof drains and conductors and from spilling or migrating onto surfaces of other construction. Remove roof-drain plugs when no work is taking place or when rain is forecast.

3.3 ROOFING INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Install roofing system according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Complete terminations and base flashings and provide temporary seals to prevent water from entering completed sections of roofing system at the end of the workday or when rain is forecast. Remove and discard temporary seals before beginning work on adjoining roofing.

C. Install roofing and auxiliary materials to tie in to existing roofing to maintain weathertightness of transition.

3.4 ADHERED MEMBRANE ROOFING INSTALLATION

A. Adhere roofing over area to receive roofing according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions. Unroll roofing and allow to relax before installing.

B. Start installation of roofing in presence of roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel.

C. Accurately align roofing, and maintain uniform side and end laps of minimum dimensions required by manufacturer. Stagger end laps.

Page 163: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 5

D. Bonding Adhesive: Apply to substrate and underside of roofing at rate required by manufacturer, and allow to partially dry before installing roofing. Do not apply to splice area of roofing.

E. In addition to adhering, mechanically fasten roofing securely at terminations, penetrations, and perimeter of roofing.

F. Apply roofing with side laps shingled with slope of roof deck where possible.

G. Seams: Clean seam areas, overlap roofing, and hot-air weld side and end laps of roofing and sheet flashings according to manufacturer's written instructions, to ensure a watertight seam installation. 1. Test lap edges with probe to verify seam weld continuity. Apply lap sealant to seal cut

edges of sheet. 2. Verify field strength of seams a minimum of twice daily, and repair seam sample areas. 3. Repair tears, voids, and lapped seams in roofing that do not comply with requirements.

H. Spread sealant bed over deck-drain flange at roof drains, and securely seal roofing in place with clamping ring.

3.5 BASE FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Install sheet flashings and preformed flashing accessories, and adhere to substrates according to roofing system manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Apply bonding adhesive to substrate and underside of sheet flashing at required rate, and allow to partially dry. Do not apply to seam area of flashing.

C. Flash penetrations and field-formed inside and outside corners with cured or uncured sheet flashing.

D. Clean seam areas, overlap, and firmly roll sheet flashings into the adhesive. Hot-air weld side and end laps to ensure a watertight seam installation.

E. Terminate and seal top of sheet flashings and mechanically anchor to substrate through termination bars.

3.6 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified testing agency to inspect substrate conditions, surface preparation, membrane application, flashings, protection, and drainage components, and to furnish reports to Architect.

B. Final Roof Inspection: Arrange for roofing system manufacturer's technical personnel to inspect roofing installation on completion.

C. Repair or remove and replace components of roofing system where inspections indicate that they do not comply with specified requirements.

D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine if replaced or additional work complies with specified requirements.

Page 164: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 6

3.7 PROTECTING AND CLEANING

A. Protect roofing system from damage and wear during remainder of construction period. When remaining construction does not affect or endanger roofing, inspect roofing for deterioration and damage, describing its nature and extent in a written report, with copies to Architect and Owner.

B. Correct deficiencies in or remove roofing system that does not comply with requirements, repair substrates, and repair or reinstall roofing system to a condition free of damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion and according to warranty requirements.

C. Clean overspray and spillage from adjacent construction using cleaning agents and procedures recommended by manufacturer of affected construction.

END OF SECTION 07541

Page 165: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 7

ROOFING INSTALLER'S WARRANTY

A. WHEREAS _______________________________ of ___________________________, herein called the "Roofing Installer," has performed roofing and associated work ("work") on the following project: 1. Owner: 2. Address: 3. Building Name/Type: 4. Address: 5. Area of Work: 6. Acceptance Date: _________________. 7. Warranty Period: Two years. 8. Expiration Date: __________________.

B. AND WHEREAS Roofing Installer has contracted (either directly with Owner or indirectly as a subcontractor) to warrant said work against leaks and faulty or defective materials and workmanship for designated Warranty Period,

C. NOW THEREFORE Roofing Installer hereby warrants, subject to terms and conditions herein set forth, that during Warranty Period he will, at his own cost and expense, make or cause to be made such repairs to or replacements of said work as are necessary to correct faulty and defective work and as are necessary to maintain said work in a watertight condition.

D. This Warranty is made subject to the following terms and conditions: 1. Specifically excluded from this Warranty are damages to work and other parts of the

building, and to building contents, caused by: a. lightning; b. fire; c. failure of roofing system substrate, including cracking, settlement, excessive

deflection, deterioration, and decomposition; d. faulty construction of parapet walls, copings, chimneys, skylights, vents, equipment

supports, and other edge conditions and penetrations of the work; e. vapor condensation on bottom of roofing; and f. activity on roofing by others, including construction contractors, maintenance

personnel, other persons, and animals, whether authorized or unauthorized by Owner.

2. When work has been damaged by any of foregoing causes, Warranty shall be null and void until such damage has been repaired by Roofing Installer and until cost and expense thereof have been paid by Owner or by another responsible party so designated.

3. Roofing Installer is responsible for damage to work covered by this Warranty but is not liable for consequential damages to building or building contents resulting from leaks or faults or defects of work.

4. During Warranty Period, if Owner allows alteration of work by anyone other than Roofing Installer, including cutting, patching, and maintenance in connection with penetrations, attachment of other work, and positioning of anything on roof, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said alterations, but only to the extent said alterations affect work covered by this Warranty. If Owner engages Roofing Installer to perform said alterations, Warranty shall not become null and void unless Roofing Installer, before starting said work, shall have notified Owner in writing, showing reasonable cause for claim, that said alterations would likely damage or deteriorate work, thereby reasonably justifying a limitation or termination of this Warranty.

Page 166: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture ETHYLENE INTERPOLYMER (KEE) ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07541 - 8

5. During Warranty Period, if original use of roof is changed and it becomes used for, but was not originally specified for, a promenade, work deck, spray-cooled surface, flooded basin, or other use or service more severe than originally specified, this Warranty shall become null and void on date of said change, but only to the extent said change affects work covered by this Warranty.

6. Owner shall promptly notify Roofing Installer of observed, known, or suspected leaks, defects, or deterioration and shall afford reasonable opportunity for Roofing Installer to inspect work and to examine evidence of such leaks, defects, or deterioration.

7. This Warranty is recognized to be the only warranty of Roofing Installer on said work and shall not operate to restrict or cut off Owner from other remedies and resources lawfully available to Owner in cases of roofing failure. Specifically, this Warranty shall not operate to relieve Roofing Installer of responsibility for performance of original work according to requirements of the Contract Documents, regardless of whether Contract was a contract directly with Owner or a subcontract with Owner's General Contractor.

E. IN WITNESS THEREOF, this instrument has been duly executed this ___________ day of ___________________, ________________. 1. Authorized Signature: _______________________________________. 2. Name: ______________________________________. 3. Title: _______________________________________.

Page 167: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07591 - 1

SECTION 07591 - PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Roof tear-off. 2. Removal of base flashings.

B. Related Sections: 1. Division 1 Section "Summary of Work" for use of the premises. 2. Division 1 Section "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for temporary construction and

environmental-protection measures for reroofing preparation. 3. Division 7 Section “Built-up Asphalt Roofing.”

1.3 MATERIALS OWNERSHIP

A. Except for items or materials indicated to be reused, reinstalled, or otherwise indicated to remain Owner's property, demolished materials shall become Contractor's property and shall be removed from Project site.

1.4 DEFINITIONS

A. Roofing Terminology: Refer to ASTM D 1079 and glossary in NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual" for definition of terms related to roofing work in this Section.

B. Existing Membrane Roofing Systems: Built-up asphalt roofing membrane, roof insulation, surfacing, and components and accessories between deck and roofing membrane.

C. Roof Tear-Off: Removal of existing membrane roofing system from deck.

D. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and legally dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be removed and reinstalled.

E. Existing to Remain: Existing items of construction that are not indicated to be removed.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer.

B. Photographs or Videotape: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction and site improvements, including exterior and interior finish surfaces that might be misconstrued as having been damaged by reroofing operations. Submit before Work begins.

Page 168: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07591 - 2

1.7 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning membrane roofing removal. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Reroofing Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Meet with Owner; Architect; Owner's insurer if applicable; testing and inspecting agency

representative; roofing system manufacturer's representative; deck Installer; roofing Installer including project manager, superintendent, and foreman; and installers whose work interfaces with or affects reroofing including installers of roof accessories and roof-mounted equipment.

2. Review methods and procedures related to roofing system tear-off and replacement including, but not limited to, the following: a. Reroofing preparation, including membrane roofing system manufacturer's written

instructions. b. Temporary protection requirements for existing roofing system that is to remain

during and after installation. c. Existing roof drains and roof drainage during each stage of reroofing, and roof

drain plugging and plug removal requirements. d. Construction schedule and availability of materials, Installer's personnel,

equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. e. Existing deck removal procedures and Owner notifications. f. Condition and acceptance of existing roof deck and base flashing substrate for

reuse. g. Structural loading limitations of deck during reroofing. h. Base flashings, special roofing details, drainage, penetrations, equipment curbs,

and condition of other construction that will affect reroofing. i. HVAC shutdown and sealing of air intakes. j. Governing regulations and requirements for insurance and certificates if

applicable. k. Existing conditions that may require notification of Architect before proceeding.

1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Protect building to be reroofed, adjacent buildings, walkways, site improvements, exterior plantings, and landscaping from damage or soiling from reroofing operations.

B. Maintain access to existing walkways, corridors, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities.

C. Weather Limitations: Proceed with reroofing preparation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit Work to proceed without water entering existing roofing system or building.

D. Hazardous Materials: It is not expected that hazardous materials such as asbestos-containing materials will be encountered in the Work. 1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work. Existing roof

will be left no less watertight than before removal. 2. If materials suspected of containing hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb;

immediately notify Architect and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.

Page 169: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07591 - 3

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEMPORARY ROOFING MATERIALS

A. Sheathing Paper: Red-rosin type, minimum 3 lb/100 sq. ft.

B. Base Sheet: ASTM D 4601, Type II, nonperforated, asphalt-impregnated and -coated, glass-fiber sheet.

C. Glass-Fiber Felts: ASTM D 2178, Type IV, asphalt-impregnated, glass-fiber felt.

D. Asphalt Primer: ASTM D 41.

E. Roofing Asphalt: ASTM D 312, Type III or IV.

2.2 AUXILIARY REROOFING MATERIALS

A. General: Auxiliary reroofing preparation materials recommended by roofing system manufacturer for intended use and compatible with components of existing and new membrane roofing system.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 PREPARATION

A. Protect existing membrane roofing system that is indicated not to be reroofed. 1. Loosely lay 1-inch-minimum thick, molded expanded polystyrene (MEPS) insulation over

the roofing membrane in areas indicated. Loosely lay 15/32-inch plywood or OSB panels over MEPS. Extend MEPS past edges of plywood or OSB panels a minimum of 1 inch.

2. Limit traffic and material storage to areas of existing roofing membrane that have been protected.

3. Maintain temporary protection and leave in place until replacement roofing has been completed. Remove temporary protection on completion of reroofing.

B. Coordinate with Owner to shut down air-intake equipment in the vicinity of the Work. Cover air-intake louvers before proceeding with reroofing work that could affect indoor air quality or activate smoke detectors in the ductwork.

C. During removal operations, have sufficient and suitable materials on-site to facilitate rapid installation of temporary protection in the event of unexpected rain.

D. Maintain roof drains in functioning condition to ensure roof drainage at end of each workday. Prevent debris from entering or blocking roof drains and conductors. Use roof-drain plugs specifically designed for this purpose. Remove roof-drain plugs at end of each workday, when no work is taking place, or when rain is forecast. 1. If roof drains are temporarily blocked or unserviceable due to roofing system removal or

partial installation of new membrane roofing system, provide alternative drainage method to remove water and eliminate ponding. Do not permit water to enter into or under existing membrane roofing system components that are to remain.

E. Verify that rooftop utilities and service piping have been shut off before beginning the Work.

Page 170: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07591 - 4

3.2 ROOF TEAR-OFF

A. General: Notify Owner each day of extent of roof tear-off proposed for that day and obtain authorization to proceed.

B. Roof Tear-Off: Remove existing roofing membrane and other membrane roofing system components down to the deck. 1. Remove cover boards, roof insulation, and substrate boards. 2. Remove wood blocking, curbs, and nailers. 3. Remove fasteners from deck.

3.3 DECK PREPARATION

A. Inspect deck after tear-off of membrane roofing system.

B. Verify that concrete substrate is visibly dry and free of moisture. Test for capillary moisture by plastic sheet method according to ASTM D 4263 or by pouring 1 pint of hot roofing asphalt on deck at start of each day's work and at start of each roof area or plane. Do not proceed with roofing work if moisture condenses under the plastic sheet or if asphalt test sample foams or can be easily and cleanly stripped after cooling.

C. If broken or loose fasteners that secure deck panels to one another or to structure are observed or if deck appears or feels inadequately attached, immediately notify Architect. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect.

D. If deck surface is not suitable for receiving new roofing or if structural integrity of deck is suspect, immediately notify Architect. Do not proceed with installation until directed by Architect.

E. Provide additional deck securement as indicated on Drawings.

3.4 EXISTING BASE FLASHINGS

A. Remove existing base flashings around parapets, curbs, walls, and penetrations. 1. Clean substrates of contaminants such as asphalt, sheet materials, dirt, and debris.

B. Replace metal counterflashings as indicated on Drawings with counterflashings specified in Division 7 Section "Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim."

C. Replace parapet sheathing as indicated on Drawings with sheathing specified in Division 6 Section "Sheathing."

D. Replace parapet framing, wood blocking, curbs, and nailers as indicated on Drawings with material specified in Division 6 Section “Miscellaneous Carpentry.”

Page 171: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07591 - 5

3.5 DISPOSAL

A. Collect demolished materials and place in containers. Promptly dispose of demolished materials. Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site. 1. Storage or sale of demolished items or materials on-site is not permitted.

B. Transport and legally dispose of demolished materials off Owner's property.

END OF SECTION 07591

Page 172: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture PREPARATION FOR RE-ROOFING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07591 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 173: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 1

SECTION 07620 - SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Manufactured reglets 2. Formed roof-drainage sheet metal fabrications. 3. Formed low-slope roof sheet metal fabrications. 4. Formed equipment support flashing. 5. Formed overhead-piping safety pans.

B. Related Requirements: 1. Section 04813 “Brick Masonry Assemblies” for installation of reglets. 2. Section 06105 "Miscellaneous Carpentry" for wood nailers, curbs, and blocking.

3. Section 07511 "Built-Up Asphalt Roofing" for installing sheet metal flashing and trim integral with roofing.

1.3 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.

B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.4 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site. 1. Review construction schedule. Verify availability of materials, Installer's personnel,

equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays. 2. Review special roof details, roof drainage, roof-penetration flashing, equipment curbs,

and condition of other construction that affect sheet metal flashing and trim. 3. Review requirements for insurance and certificates if applicable. 4. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation.

1.5 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. 1. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components

and profiles, and finishes for each manufactured product and accessory.

Page 174: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 2

B. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim. 1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details.

Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work. 3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location

in Project. 4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions. 5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of

fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams. 6. Include details of termination points and assemblies. 7. Include details of expansion joints and expansion-joint covers, including showing

direction of expansion and contraction from fixed points. 8. Include details of roof-penetration flashing. 9. Include details of edge conditions, including eaves, ridges, valleys, rakes, crickets, and

counterflashings as applicable. 10. Include details of special conditions. 11. Include details of connections to adjoining work. 12. Detail formed flashing and trim at scale of not less than 3 inches per 12 inches.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of sheet metal and accessory indicated with factory-applied finishes.

D. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish. 1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished seam and

in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments. 2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, and Miscellaneous

Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories.

3. Unit-Type Accessories and Miscellaneous Materials: Full-size Sample.

1.6 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For fabricator.

B. Product Test Reports: For each product, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency.

C. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.

1.7 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals.

1.8 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.

Page 175: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 3

1.9 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.

B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation.

1.10 WARRANTY

A. Prior to acceptance of the work, furnish written five (5) year warranty covering all sheet metal flashings specified herein using the form attached at the end of this Section.

B. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period. 1. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244. b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214. c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with NRCA's "The NRCA Roofing Manual" and SMACNA's "Architectural Sheet Metal Manual" requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss. 1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.2 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

Page 176: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 4

B. Stainless-Steel Sheet: ASTM A 240, Type 304, dead soft, fully annealed; with smooth, flat surface. 1. Finish: 2D (dull, cold rolled).

C. Metallic-Coated Steel Sheet: Provide zinc-coated (galvanized) steel sheet according to ASTM A 653, G90 coating designation; prepainted by coil-coating process to comply with ASTM A 755. 1. Surface: Smooth, flat. 2. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish:

a. Two-Coat Fluoropolymer: AAMA 621. Fluoropolymer finish containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

3. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range. 4. Concealed Finish: Pretreat with manufacturer's standard white or light-colored acrylic or

polyester backer finish, consisting of prime coat and wash coat with minimum total dry film thickness of 0.5 mil.

2.3 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Felt: ASTM D 226, Type II (No. 30), asphalt-saturated organic felt; nonperforated.

B. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip-resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl- or SBS-modified asphalt adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the following:

a. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co.-Conn.; Grace Ice and Water Shield HT.

2. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher. 3. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or

lower.

C. Slip Sheet: Rosin-sized building paper, 3 lb/100 sq. ft. minimum.

D. Fabric-Backed EPDM (Stainless Steel Gutter Liner Underlayment at Seams): ASTM D 4637, Type III, nonreinforced, uniform, flexible EPDM sheet, laminated to a nonwoven polyester fabric backing except at selvages. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Carlisle SynTec Incorporated. b. Versico Incorporated.

2. Composite Thickness: 90 mils, nominal.

2.4 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item unless otherwise indicated.

Page 177: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 5

B. Fasteners: Wood screws, annular threaded nails, self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal or manufactured item. 1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal.

b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened.

2. Fasteners for Stainless-Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel. 3. Fasteners for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Steel Sheet: Series 300 stainless steel or hot-

dip galvanized steel according to ASTM A 153 or ASTM F 2329.

C. Solder: 1. For Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by

stainless-steel sheet manufacturer.

D. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2 inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

E. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric polyurethane, polysulfide, or silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

F. Butyl Sealant: ASTM C 1311, single-component, solvent-release butyl rubber sealant; polyisobutylene plasticized; heavy bodied for hooked-type expansion joints with limited movement.

G. Bituminous Coating: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion according to ASTM D 1187.

H. Asphalt Roofing Cement: ASTM D 4586, asbestos free, of consistency required for application.

2.5 MANUFACTURED SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

A. Reglets: Units of type, material, and profile required, formed to provide secure interlocking of separate reglet and counterflashing pieces, and compatible with flashing indicated with factory-mitered and -welded corners and junctions. 1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers

offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Cheney Flashing Company. b. Fry Reglet Corporation. c. Heckmann Building Products, Inc. d. Hickman, W. P. Company. e. Hohmann & Barnard, Inc. f. Keystone Flashing Company, Inc. g. National Sheet Metal Systems, Inc. h. Sandell Manufacturing.

2. Material: Galvanized steel, 0.022 inch thick. 3. Masonry Type: Provide with offset top flange for embedment in masonry mortar joint. 4. Finish: With manufacturer's standard color coating.

Page 178: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 6

2.6 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible. 1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with

performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal.

2. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication. 3. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning,

buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

4. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.

B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled

with butyl sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

F. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices of sizes as recommended by cited sheet metal standard for application, but not less than thickness of metal being secured.

G. Seams (Stainless Steel): Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Tin edges to be seamed, form seams, and solder.

H. Seams: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with elastomeric sealant unless otherwise recommended by sealant manufacturer for intended use. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

2.7 ROOF-DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Downspouts: Fabricate corrugated and open-face downspouts as indicated on Drawings to dimensions indicated, complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers from same material as downspouts and anchors and as indicated on Drawings. Shop fabricate elbows. 1. Fabricate from the following materials:

a. Galvanized Steel: 24-gauge thick. b. Color-Coated Liner.

B. Parapet Scuppers: Fabricate scuppers to dimensions required, with closure flange trim to exterior, 4-inch-wide wall flanges to interior, and base extending 4 inches beyond cant or tapered strip into field of roof. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 24-gauge thick.

Page 179: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 7

C. Splash Pans: Fabricate to dimensions and shape required and from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 16-gauge thick.

2.8 LOW-SLOPE ROOF SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Copings: Fabricate in minimum 96-inch-long, but not exceeding 12-foot-long, sections. Fabricate joint plates of same thickness as copings. Furnish with continuous cleats to support edge of external leg and drill elongated holes for fasteners on interior leg. Miter corners, fasten and seal watertight. Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Joint Style: As indicated on Drawings. 2. Fabricate from the Following Materials:

a. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.

B. Roof and Roof-to-Wall Transition Expansion-Joint Cover: Fabricate from the following materials: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.

C. Base Flashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.

D. Counterflashing: Shop fabricate interior and exterior corners. Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.

E. Flashing Receivers: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.

F. Gutter Liner: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Stainless Steel: 24-gauge thick.

G. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.028 inch thick.

H. Keeper Strips: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.034 inch thick.

I. Roof-Drain Flashing: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Lead Flashing: Fed. Spec. QQ-L-201F and Amendment 2, Grade B, 4 lb./sq.ft., sheets.

2.9 MISCELLANEOUS SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Overhead-Piping Safety Pans: Fabricate from the following materials: 1. Galvanized Steel: 0.040 inch thick.

Page 180: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 8

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. 1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates. 2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely

anchored. 3. Verify that air- or water-resistant barriers have been installed over sheathing or backing

substrate to prevent air infiltration or water penetration.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.2 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. Felt Underlayment: Install felt underlayment, wrinkle free, using adhesive to minimize use of mechanical fasteners under sheet metal flashing and trim. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with lapped joints of not less than 2 inches.

B. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.

C. Apply slip sheet, wrinkle free, over underlayment before installing sheet metal flashing and trim.

3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners, protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system. 1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat

seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant. 2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight

performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.

4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks.

5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

Page 181: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 9

1. Underlayment: Where installing sheet metal flashing and trim directly on cementitious or wood substrates, install underlayment and cover with slip sheet.

2. Provide 12-inch wide strip of fabric-backed EPDM underlayment under stainless steel gutter liner seam prior to soldering.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection. 1. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled

with sealant concealed within joints. 2. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate wood blocking or sheathing not less than 1-1/4 inches for nails and not less than 3/4 inch for wood screws.

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction. 1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint

members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.

2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Section 07920 "Joint Sealants."

G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches; however, reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work. 1. Do not use torches for soldering. 2. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely.

Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces. 3. Stainless-Steel Soldering: Tin edges of uncoated sheets, using solder for stainless steel

and acid flux. Promptly remove acid flux residue from metal after tinning and soldering. Comply with solder manufacturer's recommended methods for cleaning and neutralization.

3.4 ROOF-DRAINAGE SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal roof-drainage items to produce complete roof-drainage system according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of roof perimeter flashing with installation of roof-drainage system.

B. Downspouts: Join sections with 1-1/2-inch telescoping joints. 1. Provide hangers with fasteners designed to hold downspouts securely to walls. Locate

hangers at top and bottom and at approximately 60 inches o.c. 2. Provide elbows at base of downspout to direct water away from building. 3. Connect downspouts to underground drainage system.

C. Splash Pans: Install where downspouts discharge on low-slope roofs. Set in asphalt roofing cement or elastomeric sealant compatible with the substrate.

Page 182: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 10

D. Parapet Scuppers: Continuously support scupper, set to correct elevation, and seal flanges to interior wall face, over cants or tapered edge strips, and under roofing membrane. 1. Anchor scupper closure trim flange to exterior wall and seal with elastomeric sealant to

scupper.

E. Expansion-Joint Covers: Install expansion-joint covers at locations and of configuration indicated. Lap joints minimum of 4 inches in direction of water flow.

3.5 ROOF FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal flashing and trim to comply with performance requirements, sheet metal manufacturer's written installation instructions, and cited sheet metal standard. Provide concealed fasteners where possible, and set units true to line, levels, and slopes. Install work with laps, joints, and seams that are permanently watertight and weather resistant.

B. Copings: Anchor to resist uplift and outward forces according to recommendations in cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. 1. Interlock exterior bottom edge of coping with continuous cleat anchored to substrate at

16-inch centers. 2. Anchor interior leg of coping with washers and screw fasteners through slotted holes at

24-inch centers.

C. Pipe or Post Counterflashing: Install counterflashing umbrella with close-fitting collar with top edge flared for elastomeric sealant, extending minimum of 4 inches over base flashing. Install stainless-steel draw band and tighten.

D. Counterflashing: Coordinate installation of counterflashing with installation of base flashing. Insert counterflashing in reglets or receivers and fit tightly to base flashing. Extend counterflashing 4 inches over base flashing. Lap counterflashing joints minimum of 4 inches. Secure in waterproof manner by means of snap-in installation and sealant or lead wedges and sealant unless otherwise indicated.

E. Roof-Penetration Flashing: Coordinate installation of roof-penetration flashing with installation of roofing and other items penetrating roof. Seal with elastomeric or butyl sealant and clamp flashing to pipes that penetrate roof.

3.6 WALL FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. General: Install sheet metal wall flashing to intercept and exclude penetrating moisture according to cited sheet metal standard unless otherwise indicated. Coordinate installation of wall flashing with installation of wall-opening components such as windows, doors, and louvers.

B. Reglets: Installation of reglets is specified in Section 04813 "Brick Masonry Assemblies."

3.7 MISCELLANEOUS FLASHING INSTALLATION

A. Equipment Support Flashing: Coordinate installation of equipment support flashing with installation of roofing and equipment. Weld or seal flashing with elastomeric sealant to equipment support member.

Page 183: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 11

3.8 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

3.9 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.

C. Clean off excess sealants.

D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.

E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION 07620

Page 184: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07620 - 12

SHEET METAL WARRANTY

Owner

Address

Project

Project Address

Project No.

Date of Final Acceptance

Sheet Metal Contractor

Address

Phone No.

Roofing Contractor

This warranty stipulates that the above-named Contractor(s) shall, during a period of five (5) years from the date of final acceptance of the work, maintain the sheet metal flashing systems and repair all defects which result from faulty workmanship or defective materials, without further cost to the Owner, including replacement of any wet insulation caused by such defects. Excluded from this warranty may be any and all damage to said roof, the buildings or their contents caused by acts or omissions of the Owner; fire, lightening, winds of peak gust speeds of 72 mph or high-er, hailstorm, or other unusual phenomenon of the elements; movement or failure of the supporting build-ing structure that causes membrane or flashing failure; or vapor condensation beneath the roof. Exclude from this warranty any damages to the building or the contents. Before expiration of the above warranty period, the Contractor(s) shall inspect the sheet metal in the presence of the Owner and make necessary correction of all deficiencies not considered normal. The warranty shall remain in force until necessary repair work has been completed. SHEET METAL CONTRACTOR ROOFING CONTRACTOR Signed

Signed

Title

Title

Date

Date

Page 185: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture JOINT SEALANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07920 - 1

SECTION 07920 - JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: 1. Urethane joint sealants. 2. Solvent-release-curing joint sealants.

1.3 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product indicated.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.

C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.

1.4 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For qualified Installer.

B. Product Certificates: For each kind of joint sealant and accessory, from manufacturer.

C. Warranties: Sample of special warranties.

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer's authorized representative who is trained and approved for installation of units required for this Project.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain each kind of joint sealant from single source from single manufacturer.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions: 1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint-

sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.

Page 186: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture JOINT SEALANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07920 - 2

2. When joint substrates are wet. 3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer for

applications indicated. 4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been removed

from joint substrates.

1.7 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period. 1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following: 1. Movement of the structure caused by structural settlement or errors attributable to design

or construction resulting in stresses on the sealant exceeding sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and compression.

2. Disintegration of joint substrates from natural causes exceeding design specifications. 3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents. 4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other atmospheric

contaminants.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MATERIALS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

B. Liquid-Applied Joint Sealants: Comply with ASTM C 920 and other requirements indicated for each liquid-applied joint sealant specified, including those referencing ASTM C 920 classifications for type, grade, class, and uses related to exposure and joint substrates.

C. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.2 URETHANE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Multicomponent, Nonsag, Urethane Joint Sealant: ASTM C 920, Type M, Grade NS, Class 25, for Use NT. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. BASF Building Systems; Sonolastic NP 2. b. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 500. c. May National Associates, Inc.; Bondaflex PUR 2 NS. d. Pecora Corporation; Dynatred. e. Sika Corporation, Construction Products Division; Sikaflex - 2c NS. f. Tremco Incorporated; Vulkem 227.

Page 187: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture JOINT SEALANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07920 - 3

2.3 SOLVENT-RELEASE-CURING JOINT SEALANTS

A. Butyl-Rubber-Based Joint Sealant: ASTM C 1311. 1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be

incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: a. Bostik, Inc.; Chem-Calk 300. b. Pecora Corporation; BC-158.

2.4 JOINT SEALANT BACKING

A. General: Provide sealant backings of material that are nonstaining; are compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin), Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin), or any of the preceding types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant manufacturer for joint application indicated, and of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

2.5 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting joint-sealant performance.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

Page 188: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture JOINT SEALANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07920 - 4

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements: 1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with adhesion of

joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent, protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease, waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates include the following: a. Concrete. b. Masonry.

3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete. 4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other means that do

not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates include the following: a. Metal. b. Glass.

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.3 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability. 1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings. 2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings. 3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant application

and replace them with dry materials.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed: 1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

Page 189: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture JOINT SEALANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07920 - 5

2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration. 3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths that allow

optimum sealant movement capability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint. 1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints. 2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and that do not

discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces. 3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193, unless otherwise indicated. 4. Provide flush joint profile where indicated per Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193. 5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations indicated per

Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193. a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.

3.5 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out and remove damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

3.6 JOINT-SEALANT SCHEDULE

A. Joint-Sealant Application: Exterior joints in vertical surfaces and horizontal nontraffic surfaces. 1. Joint Locations:

a. Control and expansion joints in unit masonry. b. Joints between different materials listed above. c. Perimeter joints between materials listed above and frames of doors and windows. d. Other joints as indicated.

2. Urethane Joint Sealant: Multicomponent, nonsag, Class 25. 3. Joint-Sealant Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range of colors.

END OF SECTION 07920

Page 190: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture JOINT SEALANTS

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 07920 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 191: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 1

SECTION 08635 - INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 DESCRIPTION

A. Section Includes: 1. Translucent fiberglass sandwich panel system and related framing system.

B. Relate Sections: 1. Section 01230 - Alternates. 2. Section 07620 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim.

1.3 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Design Requirements: Skylight system shall be designed to withstand a minimum of 30 psf wind load and 40 psf live load and meeting the 2006 International Building Code. Provide components necessary to meet these requirements.

B. Performance Requirements: Manufacturer shall be responsible for the configuration and fabrication of the skylight system.

1.4 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit current U.L. listing documentation that the face sheets are manufactured by the translucent panel fabricator.

B. Submit documentation of regular independent quality control monitoring under a building code review and listing program.

C. Submit samples of panels and finish to be received by aluminum members for Architect’s approval before fabrication of system.

D. Submit structural calculations and report prepared by a Registered Structural Engineer in the State of Minnesota indicating adequacy of all materials furnished under this section, to meet the uniform and structural load requirements as specified in 1.3.

E. Manufacturer shall submit certified test reports made by an independent testing organization for each type and class of skylight panel. Reports shall verify that the material meets performance requirements of this Section. Previously completed test reports shall be acceptable if current and indicative of products used on this Project. Test reports required are: 1. Flame spread and smoke development (ASTM E 84). 2. Burn extent (ASTM D 635). 3. Color difference (ASTM D 2244). 4. Impact strength (SPI Method). 5. Bond strength (ASTM C 297 and D 1002). 6. Accelerated aging (ASTM D 1037). 7. Beam bending strength (ASTM E 72). 8. Insulated “U” factor (by NFRC-100).

Page 192: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 2

1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements: Skylight system manufacturer shall be listed by ICBO, which requires quality control inspections for sandwich panel construction.

B. Quality control inspections and testing conducted at least once a year shall include manufacturing facilities, sandwich panel components, and production of sandwich panels for conformance to “Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panels” as regulated by the applicable code.

C. Manufacturer’s Qualifications: Skylight system shall be manufactured by a company continuously and regularly employed in the manufacture of similar materials for a period of not less than 15 consecutive years. Company shall show evidence of these materials being satisfactorily used on at least six projects of similar size, scope, and type within such a period. At least three of the projects shall have been in successful use for 10 years or longer.

D. Erector’s Qualifications: Erection shall be by an installer in the business of erecting similar materials for at least 5 consecutive years, who can show evidence of satisfactory completion of projects of similar size and scope. Erector shall be approved by the skylight manufacturer to install their product.

1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify dimensions in system installation areas and indicate if dimensions on Shop Drawings are actual or guaranteed dimensions.

1.7 PRODUCT HANDLING

A. Store panels on long edge, several inches above the ground, blocked and under cover to prevent damage. Follow manufacturer's storage and handling instructions.

1.8 WARRANTY

A. Submit manufacturer's warranty certifying that canopy work was furnished and installed in accordance with the Contract Documents.

B. General Warranty: Any warranties specified in this Section shall not alter or change Owners rights and provisions received under other contract documents, and shall be in addition to those documents.

C. Special Warranty: System manufacturer shall provide written agreement to repair or replace all defective panel and system craftsmanship for a period of ten (10) years, starting at date of delivery. Installer shall provide ten (10) year warranty against leakage starting from date of installation completion.

D. Warrant aluminum component finishes for a period of five years.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 ACCEPTABLE MANUFACTURERS AND SYSTEMS

A. The requirements for this project are based on the 2006 IBC, including Section 3105 Awnings and Canopies. Manufacturers requesting approval shall provide documentation that they meet all requirements of the code as well as comply with the requirements of Articles 2.2 B. Flammability, C. Color Stability, and E. Face Sheet thickness; of this Specification.

Page 193: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 3

B. Subject to full compliance with the documents and these specifications, those products as manufactured by one of the following will be acceptable: 1. Kalwall Corporation. 2. Or prior approved equal.

2.2 MATERIALS - TRANSLUCENT FACE SHEETS - PANEL FABRICATION

A. Translucent fiberglass faces shall be manufactured from glass fiber reinforced thermoset resins by insulated system fabricator especially for architectural use. Thermoplastic (e.g., polycarbonate, acrylic) faces are not acceptable.

B. Flammability: The Exterior and Interior face sheets shall be UL listed and have a flame spread rating no greater than 25 and smoke developed no greater than 250 when tested in accordance with UL 723/ASTM E 84. Burn extent by ASTM D 635 shall be no greater than 1-inch. Faces shall not deform, deflect, or drip when subjected to fire or flame, or become detached when subjected to 300°F for 25 minutes. IBC Section 3105.4 requires that Canopy coverings meet the fire propagation performance criteria of NFPA 701 or have a flame spread rating of 25 or less.

C. Weatherability: The full thickness of the exterior and interior faces shall not change color more than 3.0 Hunter or CIE Units DELTA E by ASTM D 2244 after Forty months outdoor South Florida weather at 5° facing South, determined by the average of at least three (3) white samples with and without a protective film or coating to ensure maximum, long-term color stability. (2.4 Units for Class A Roof System, after 30 months exposure in South Florida.) The color stability testing shall be based on 0.070-inch-thick face sheets with Min 25 flame spread per UL 723/ASTM E 84.

D. The exterior face shall have a permanent glass veil erosion barrier integrally embedded to provide maximum long-term resistance to fiber exposure. Sacrificial plastic surface films, coatings, or veils are not acceptable.

E. Exterior face sheet shall be smooth, 0.070-inch-thick and Crystal in color. Interior face sheet shall also be 0.070-inch-thick and White in color. Faces shall not vary more than +/- 10% in thickness and be uniform in color.

F. Panel system shall be 2-3/4-inch-thick, made of two (2) sheets of translucent fiberglass, bonded by heat and pressure to either an aluminum or composite grid core specifically for architectural use.

G. Thermal Insulation: Panels shall have a NFRC laboratory tested "U" factor of 0.53 by ASTM C 236, E 1423 and C 1199. System shall be NFRC certified.

H. Light and Solar Transmission: Panels shall have a light transmission of 35% and solar heat gain coefficient of 0.28 per ASTM E 972.

I. Grid Core: 1. Grid pattern shall be nominal 12-inch x 24-inch shoji and symmetrical about the

horizontal centerline for each flat panel. 2. The thermally broken (aluminum) l-beam grid core shall be 6063-T6 or 6005-T5 with

provisions for mechanical interlocking of muntin-mullion and perimeter. Width of I-beam shall be no less than 7/16-inch. The I-beam grid shall be machined to tolerances of not greater than +/- 0.002-inch.

3. Panels shall withstand 1200°F fire for minimum (1) hour without collapse or exterior flaming.

Page 194: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 4

J. Adhesive: 1. The laminate adhesive shall be heat and pressure resin-type engineered for structural

sandwich panel use, with minimum 25 years field use. Adhesive shall pass testing requirements specified by the International Conference of Building Officials "Acceptance Criteria for Sandwich Panel Adhesive."

2. Minimum strength shall be 750 PSI tensile strength by ASTM C 297 after two (2) exposures to six (6) cycles each of the aging conditions prescribed by ASTM D 1037.

3. Shear strength by ASTM D 1002 minimum after exposures to five (5) separate aging conditions: a. 50% Relative Humidity at 73°F: 540 PSI. b. 182°F: 100 PSI. c. Accelerated Aging by ASTM D 1037 at room temperature: 800 PSI. d. Accelerated Aging by ASTM D 1037 at 182°F: 250 PSI. e. 500 Hour Oxygen Bomb by ASTM D 572: 1400 PSI.

K. Impact Resistance: The exterior face sheet shall be uniform in strength, impenetrable by hand-held pencil and repel an impact equal to 70 (230) ft. lbs. without fracture or tear when impacted by a 3-1/4-inch-diameter, 5 lb. free-falling per UL 972.

L. Translucent structural sandwich panel shall be a true sandwich panel of flat fiberglass sheets bonded to a grid core of mechanically interlocking I-beams and shall be laminated under a controlled process of heat and pressure, and deflect no more than 1.9-inch at 30 psf in 10 feet by ASTM E 72.

M. The adhesive bonding line shall be straight, cover the entire width of the l-beam and have a neat, sharp edge. In order to ensure bonding strength, white spots at intersections of muntins and mullions shall not exceed 4 for each 40 sq. ft. of panel, nor shall they be more than 3/36-inch in width.

N. Panels and aluminum perimeter frame shall be pre-assembled where practical and sealed at the factory. Panels shall be shipped to the job site in rugged shipping units, ready for erection.

2.3 PERIMETER CLOSURE SYSTEM, BATTENS AND ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. Closure system shall be extruded 6063-T6 and 6063-T5 aluminum clamp-tite screw type. Curved closure system may be roll formed.

B. Aluminum closures shall be supplied with 300-Series stainless steel screws (excluding final fasteners to building) and shall be factory sealed to the panels. Aluminum battens and cap plates shall be field installed.

C. All exposed aluminum shall be architectural corrosion resistant finish which meets the performance requirements of AAMA 2604, color to be selected from manufacturer's standards.

D. Flexible sealing tape shall be manufacturer's standard pre-applied to serrated edges of closure system at factory under controlled conditions.

2.4 RELATED MATERIALS

A. Framework: 1. Principal Supporting Members: 3 mm minimum thickness extruded aluminum, alloy

6063-T5, 6063-T6, or 6061-T6 per ASTM B 221. Sizes, shapes, and profiles as indicated on the Contract Drawings. a. Cross-Purlin support member locations and spacings indicated on the Drawings

are minimums. Provide additional purlins as required for the loading.

Page 195: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 5

2. Snap-on Covers and Miscellaneous Non-supporting Trim: 1.5 mm minimum thickness extruded aluminum, alloy 6063-T5 per ASTM B 221.

3. Principal Formed Metal Members: 3 mm minimum thickness aluminum, alloy (5052)(6061-T6) per ASTM B 209.

B. Fasteners: 1. For Exterior Cap Retainers: ASTM A 193 B8 300-Series stainless steel screws. 2. For Framework Connections: ASTM B 211 2024-T4 aluminum, ASTM A 193 B8 300-

Series stainless steel, and ASTM B 316 aluminum rivets, as required by connection. 3. For Anchoring to Support Structure: ASTM A 307 zinc plated steel fasteners.

C. Flashing: 1. 5005 H34 aluminum 18-gauge minimum thickness. 2. Sheet metal flashings/closures/claddings shall be furnished shop formed to profile in min.

10-foot. lengths, when lengths exceed 10 feet. Field trimming of the flashing and field forming the ends is necessary to suit as-built conditions. Sheet metal ends are to overlap 6 inches to 8 inches minimum, set in a full bed of sealant and riveted if required.

D. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D 1187.

2.5 FABRICATION

A. Construct using extruded aluminum battens and structural members.

B. Construct using a continuous aluminum curb with expansion joints as required.

C. Insofar as practicable, fit and assemble work in the manufacturer's shop. Work which cannot be permanently assembled shall be shop-assembled, marked, and disassembled before shipment to the jobsite.

D. Design retainer fasteners shall resist uplift loadings. Spacing shall be determined by structural calculations, when applicable.

E. Shop locate drill and bolt, or weld aluminum clips to framing members.

F. Locate weepholes in curb to positively drain condensation to exterior of canopy at each rafter connection.

2.6 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM "Metal Finishes Manual" for recommendations relative to applying and designating finishes.

B. Finish designations prefixed by AA conform to the system established by the Aluminum Association for designating aluminum finishes.

C. Exterior Aluminum Finish: Finish of all exterior surfaces of aluminum translucent canopy panel framing, trim, flashing and components shall be done in accord with AAMA 605 and ASCA 96 (Organic Paint). 1. High-Performance Organic Coating Finish: AA-C12C42R1x (Chemical Finish: cleaned

with inhibited chemicals; Chemical Finish: acid chromate-fluoride-phosphate conversion coating; Organic Coating: as specified below). Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturer's instructions.

Page 196: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 6

a. Fluoropolymer 3-Coat Coating System: Manufacturer's premium 3-coat, thermocured system composed of specially formulated inhibitive primer, two fluoropolymer color coats, with color coats containing not less than 70 percent polyvinylidene fluoride resin by weight; complying with AAMA 1402, Test Method No. 7. 1) Color and Gloss: As selected by the Architect.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Upon arrival to the jobsite for installation of the specified work, the manufacturer’s erector shall examine the structure and substrate to determine that it is ready to receive the canopy work. Report faults to the General Contractor prior to proceeding with canopy installation. The canopy manufacturer will not be responsible for faulty structure and substrate.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Contact between aluminum and dissimilar metals shall receive a protective coating of asphaltic paint for the prevention of electrolytic action and corrosion.

B. Canopy manufacturer and manufacturer’s erector excludes all field measuring, demolition, removal, replacement, or re-work of any existing material.

3.3 INSTALLATION

A. The erector shall erect translucent panel system in strict accordance with approved shop drawings and instructions as supplied by manufacturer. Fastening and sealing shall be in strict accordance with manufacturer’s shop drawings. Aluminum shall be cleaned before sealants are applied.

B. Install system under the direction of the canopy manufacturer's designated erector.

C. Erect system plumb and true, in proper alignment and relation to established lines and grades as shown on approved shop drawings.

D. Anchor system to structure in strict accordance with approved shop drawings.

E. Apply sealing materials in strict accordance with sealant manufacturer's instructions. Before application remove mortar dirt, dust, moisture and other foreign matter from surfaces it will contact. Mask adjoining surfaces to maintain a clean and neat appearance. Tool sealing compounds to fill the joint and provide a smooth finish.

F. After other trades have completed work on adjacent material, carefully inspect translucent panel installation and make adjustments necessary to ensure proper installation and weather-tight conditions.

3.4 CLEANING

A. Install frame and associated metal to avoid soiling or smudging the finish.

B. Clean Translucent Panel System and frame at time of installation.

Page 197: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 7

C. Clean panel system, both sides, after installation according to manufacturer's recommendations.

END OF SECTION 08635

Page 198: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture INSULATED TRANSLUCENT SKYLIGHT SYSTEM

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 08635 - 8

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 199: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXTERIOR PAINTING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 09911 - 1

SECTION 09911 - EXTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - GENERAL

1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.

1.2 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems on the following exterior substrates: 1. Galvanized metal.

B. Section includes paint removal system.

1.3 DEFINITIONS

A. Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat. 1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square. 2. Step coats on Samples to show each coat required for system. 3. Label each coat of each Sample. 4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

D. Product List: For each product indicated, include the following: 1. Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same

designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. 2. VOC content.

1.5 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials, from the same product run, that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents. 1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.

Page 200: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXTERIOR PAINTING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 09911 - 2

1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F. 1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue. 2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following: 1. Benjamin Moore & Co. 2. Diamond Vogel Paints. 3. Glidden Professional. 4. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc. 5. Pratt & Lambert. 6. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).

B. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to products listed in other Part 2 articles for the paint category indicated.

2.2 PAINT, GENERAL

A. Material Compatibility: 1. Provide materials for use within each paint system that are compatible with one another

and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, provide products recommended in writing by manufacturers of topcoat for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

B. VOC Content: Provide materials that comply with VOC limits of authorities having jurisdiction.

C. Colors: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.3 METAL PRIMERS

A. Primer, Galvanized: As recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer.

Page 201: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXTERIOR PAINTING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 09911 - 3

2.4 SOLVENT-BASED PAINTS

A. High Performance Urethane, (Gloss Level 5): 1. Glidden Professional; Devthane® 378H Aliphatic Urethane Semi-Gloss Enamel.

a. Not Less than 2.0 - 3.0 dry film thickness (DFT) per coat.

2.5 PAINT REMOVAL SYSTEM

A. Paint Removal System Product: 1. Dumond; Peel Away® 1.

B. Components: 1. Peel Away® 1 paste remover. 2. Application tool. 3. Peel Away® Paper. 4. Citri-Lize™ neutralizer.

C. Application: 1. The Peel Away® 1 paste remover is spread or sprayed over the surface to be stripped.

The Peel Away® 1 paste remover is then covered with fibrous laminated Peel Away® Paper, which controls evaporation and is left on until the paint is dissolved. The paste and paint adhere to the paper during removal. The stripped surface is then washed with clean water, and finally, neutralized using Citri-Lize™ neutralizer.

2. Test Patch: Prepare a test area prior to full application.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility with existing finishes and primers.

C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. 1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.2 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting. 1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall

items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.

Page 202: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXTERIOR PAINTING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 09911 - 4

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants. 1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie

coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

D. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

3.3 PAINT REMOVAL SYSTEM

A. Application Requirements: 1. Follow manufacturer’s instructions when spraying.

B. Preparation: 1. Cover and protect areas where stripping is not desired, including adjoining surfaces

where overspray may travel. Polyethylene and masking tape create an effective barrier. Plants and other foliage shall be covered during application.

C. Application and Spread Rate: 1. Using a trowel or specialized spray equipment, apply paste 1/8 inch to 1/4 inch according

to age and thickness of paint. When applying by trowel to irregular surfaces, use a nylon brush to force paste into crevices. Use fibrous laminated Peel Away® Paper to cover paste, applying paper with printed side facing out. Smooth out air pockets, pierce remaining air bubbles. Leave paper-covered paste in place for dwell time determined during patch testing. Peel Away® 1 provides an average spread rate of approximately 20 sq. ft. per gallon; results may vary.

D. Removal: 1. Remove by sliding plastic Peel Away® 1 removal tool or putty/taping knife beneath paper,

paste, and paint keeping surface tension and removing in one complete piece.

E. Clean Up: 1. Use a power washer or garden hose to mist surface with clean water. Use a nylon bristle

scrub brush to loosen remaining residue, paying particular attention to crevices, grooves, and cracks. Rinse thoroughly to remove remaining residue. Let dry for a minimum of 24 hours before neutralizing. Collect material removed and dispose of in compliance with local regulations.

F. Neutralization: 1. Use Citri-Lize™ Neutralizer for the neutralization process; follow product instructions.

3.4 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated. 2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final

installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only. 3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door

frames. 4. Paint entire exposed surface of window frames and sashes. 5. Do not paint over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name,

identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

Page 203: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXTERIOR PAINTING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 09911 - 5

6. Primers specified in painting schedules may be omitted on items that are factory primed or factory finished if acceptable to topcoat manufacturers.

B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness. 1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing. 2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint

manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.6 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.7 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Galvanized-Metal Substrates: 1. High Performance Urethane System:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, galvanized metal, as recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturer for exterior use on galvanized-metal substrates with topcoat indicated.

b. Intermediate Coat: Exterior high performance urethane matching topcoat. c. Topcoat: Exterior high performance urethane semi-gloss (Gloss Level 5).

END OF SECTION 09911

Page 204: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture EXTERIOR PAINTING

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 Section 09911 - 6

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 205: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture APPENDIX K

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 1

APPENDIX K

Section 13305 - Removal of Lead Paint from Steel Structures

Page 206: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

University of Minnesota

Issue Date: May 15, 2012 Learning and Environmental Sciences Gutter Repair

UM1203 - Miller Dunwiddie Architecture APPENDIX K

U/M Project No. 02-426-09-1286 2

(This Page Left Intentionally Blank)

Page 207: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

Appendix K – Section 13305 University of Minnesota, Facilities Management November 2002 (Revised: December 2006)

Page 1 of 4

APPENDIX K - SECTION 13305 - REMOVAL OF LEAD PAINT FROM STEEL STRUCTURES PART 1 - GENERAL 1. Description

1.1. This section covers the handling, waste disposal and training requirements for removing lead paint from steel structures. 1.2. The scope of work generally includes removing lead-containing paint prior to repainting steel structures. 1.3. All removal shall be performed in accordance with Minnesota Pollution Control Agency (MPCA), Chapter 7025; and OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926.62. All work shall be by or under the direction of the contractor who is providing work under other specification sections. It should be noted that the intent of this work is not to reduce or abate hazardous lead as defined by the Minnesota Department of Health. 1.4. OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926.62 “Lead Exposure in Construction” shall be adhered to prior and following initial exposure assessments. The contractor shall be responsible for all personnel sampling in compliance with the standard.

2. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: Refer to Appendix K - Section 13280 - Hazardous Materials Procedures. 3. Submittal: The contractor shall submit the following to the architect:

A. The general superintendent’s name, experience and training for the project. Provide evidence that the person has been trained in OSHA Standard 29 CFR 1926.62 “Lead Exposure in Construction.” B. A copy of the plan that proves that it complies with state, federal and university requirements for removing and disposing lead-containing materials during renovation or demolition activities. The plan shall include engineering controls, personal protective equipment, air-monitoring methods, signage, location of hand-washing facilities, work practices, waste-handling and disposal, and any other pertinent information. C. Copies of OSHA compliance monitoring results or current objective data that indicates such tasks do not cause exposure above the PEL D. Copies of Material and Safety Data Sheets for products used when lead paint or lead-containing materials are changed E. Copies of Toxicity Characteristic Leaching Procedure (TCLP) test results F. Proof of disposal from copies of waste manifest records or other form of receipt

Page 208: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

Appendix K – Section 13305 University of Minnesota, Facilities Management November 2002 (Revised: December 2006)

Page 2 of 4

PART 2 - PRODUCTS There are no products specified. PART 3 - EXECUTION

1. Removal and Disposal

1.1. Procedures for Bridges 1.1.1. Class I Bridge: A bridge or bridge portion that is not within 100 feet of or is not above a body of water and is not within:

A. 300 feet of residential, childcare, school property or playground B. 200 feet of a public use, commercial, or protected natural area property or C. 100 feet of industrial or agricultural property

1.1.2. Class II Bridge: A bridge or bridge portion that is within 100 feet of or is not above a body of water and is not within:

A. 300 feet of residential, childcare, school property or playground B. 200 feet of a public use, commercial, or protected natural area property or C. 100 feet of industrial or agricultural property

1.1.3. Class III Bridge: A bridge or bridge portion that is not within 100 feet of or is not above a body of water, but is within:

A. 300 feet of residential, childcare, school property or playground B. 200 feet of a public use, commercial, or protected natural area property or C. 100 feet of industrial or agricultural property

1.1.4. Class IV Bridge: A bridge or bridge portion that is within 100 feet of or is above a body of water, but is within:

A. 300 feet of residential, childcare, school property or playground B. 200 feet of a public use, commercial, or protected natural area property or C. 100 feet of industrial or agricultural property

1.1.5. Refer to MPCA, Chapter 7025 “Removal of Lead Paint from Steel Structures” for specific removal and disposal requirements.

Page 209: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

Appendix K – Section 13305 University of Minnesota, Facilities Management November 2002 (Revised: December 2006)

Page 3 of 4

1.2. Procedures for Storage Structures

1.2.1. A Class I Storage Structure is defined as follows: 1.2.1.1. Its distance to a residential, childcare, playground or school property is greater than or equal to 300 feet and the Risk Factor (as defined in Chapter 7025) is less than or equal to 100; or 1.2.1.2. Its distance to a public use area, protected natural area, or commercial property is greater than or equal to 200 feet and the Risk Factor (as defined in Chapter 7025) is less than or equal to 200; or 1.2.1.3. Its distance to an industrial or agricultural property is greater than or equal to 100 feet and the Risk Factor is less than or equal to 300.

1.2.2. A Class II Storage Structure is defined as follows: 1.2.2.1. Its distance to a residential, childcare, playground or school property is less than or equal to 300 feet and the Risk Factor (as defined in Chapter 7025) is greater than or equal to 100; or 1.2.2.2. Its distance to a public use area, protected natural area, or commercial property is less than or equal to 200 feet and the Risk Factor (as defined in Chapter 7025) is greater than or equal to 200; or 1.2.2.3. Its distance to an industrial or agricultural property is less than or equal to 100 feet and the Risk Factor is greater than or equal to 300.

1.2.3. A Class III Storage Structure is defined as follows: 1.2.3.1. Its distance to a residential, childcare, playground or school property is less than or equal to 300 feet and the Risk Factor (as defined in Chapter 7025) is greater than or equal to 100; or 1.2.3.2. Its distance to a public use area, protected natural area, or commercial property is less than or equal to 200 feet and the Risk Factor (as defined in Chapter 7025) is greater than or equal to 200; or

Page 210: for UNIVERSITY OF MINNESOTA · DIVISION 4 - MASONRY . Section 04813 - Brick Masonry Assemblies . Section 04901 - Clay Masonry Restoration and Cleaning . DIVISION 5 - METALS . Section

Appendix K – Section 13305 University of Minnesota, Facilities Management November 2002 (Revised: December 2006)

Page 4 of 4

1.2.3.3. Its distance to an industrial or agricultural property is less than or equal to 100 feet and the Risk Factor is greater than or equal to 300.

1.2.4. Refer to MPCA, Chapter 7025 “Removal of Lead Paint from Steel Structures” for specific removal and disposal requirements.

1.3. Procedures for Other Structures

1.3.1. An Other Structure is a steel structure that is not a bridge or storage structure as defined in Chapter 7025. 1.3.2. Refer to MPCA, Chapter 7025 “Removal of Lead Paint from Steel Structures” for specific removal and disposal requirements.

1.4. Waste Disposal 1.4.1. University personnel encourages recycling paint chips without any chemical paint strippers or free liquids. However, the contractor may dispose of chips and other waste as outlined below.

1.4.2.1. The contractor must conduct a TCLP test for sweeping debris and loose paint chips generated at a non-residential facility. If the materials pass the TCLP test, it shall be disposed of at an industrial solid waste landfill. If the material fails the TCLP analysis, it shall be disposed of at a hazardous waste facility.

1.5. Training: All workers shall receive training (29 CFR 1926.62) that includes the following:

A. Information about the potential adverse affects of lead exposure B. Information about the early recognition of lead intoxication C. Instruction about heeding signs around the boundaries of lead-contaminated work areas D. Discussion of proper personal hygiene in reducing lead exposure E. Instruction about the use and care of appropriate protective equipment, including protective clothing and respiratory protection F. Information on practices for working safely with lead-based paints G. Information on the OSHA Lead in Construction Standard 29 CFR 1926.62, and the employees’ right to access 29 CFR 1910.20 H. Contents of the compliance plan in effect

End of Appendix K - Section 13305 - Removal of Lead Paint from Steel Structures University of Minnesota Facilities Management November 2002 (Revised: December 2006)